icmai.in links/journal/feb11.pdf · 88 the management accountant |february 2011 the management...

88
The Management Accountant |February 2011 87 PRESIDENT B. M. Sharma email : [email protected] VICE PRESIDENT M. Gopalakrishnan email : [email protected] CENTRAL COUNCIL MEMBERS A. N. Raman, A. S. Durga Prasad, Ashwin G. Dalwadi, Balwinder Singh, Chandra Wadhwa, Hari Krishan Goel, Kunal Banerjee, G. N. Venkataraman, Dr. Sanjiban Bandyopadhyaya, S. R. Bhargave, Somnath Mukherjee, Suresh Chandra Mohanty, V. C. Kothari, GOVERNMENT NOMINEES A. K. Srivastava, D. S. Chakrabarty, Munesh Kumar, Ms. Nandna Munshi, P. K. Jena CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER Sudhir Galande [email protected] Senior Director (Examinations) Chandana Bose [email protected] Senior Director (Administration & Finance) R N Pal [email protected] Director (Technical) J. P. Singh [email protected] Director (Studies) Arnab Chakraborty [email protected] Director (CAT), (Training & Placement) L. Gurumurthy [email protected] Director (PD) J. K. Budhiraja [email protected] Additional Director (CEP) D. Chandru [email protected] Additional Director (Membership) cum Joint Secretary Kaushik Banerjee [email protected] Additional Director (International Affairs) S. C. Gupta [email protected] EDITOR Sudhir Galande Editorial Office & Headquarters 12, Sudder Street, Kolkata-700 016 Phone : (033) 2252-1031/34/35, Fax : (033) 2252-1602/1492 Website : www.icwai.org Delhi Office ICWAI Bhawan 3, Institutional Area, Lodi Road New Delhi-110003 Phone : (011) 24622156, 24618645, Fax : (011) 24622156, 24631532, 24618645 Editorial 89 President’s Communique 90 Cover Article Higher Education Boom in India by Dr. Sukamal Dutta, CMA Tamal Taru Roy & Abhik Datta 92 Education Omnipresence by Sudhir Galande 97 Elementary Education at the Crossroads by Mausumi Bhattacharyya 100 Transition to Higher Education — Progressive Overview by Vipin Agrawal & Dr. Vidhi Agrawal 103 Education for Sustainable Development : A Desideratum for Meeting Planetary Emergency by Dr. Sujit Kumar Roy 107 Structural Devices to Boom Higher Education in Emerging India by Parimal Kumar Sen & Soumen Bhattacharjee 114 Empowerment Through Education in India : Narrowing the Urban- Rural, Male-Female and Affluent-Poor divice by Dr Ashish Varma, Ishika Varma & Mr. Saswat 116 Growth and Prospect of Indian Education Sector — A Critical Analysis in the Context of Private Participation and Foreign Investment by Palash Garani 119 Education Boom by CMA Rabin Kumar Ray 122 Human Resource Valuation in Education Industry by Prof. Shirish Raibagkar 125 The ICT and Education : From blackboard to keyboard by Dr. Anirban Ghosh 135 Issues in Financial Management Financial Inclusion : Current Status in India by V. Gopalan 138 Taxation Issues Of High Tea, Technical assistance and the Pilgrim’s Progress — Interpretation of words & phrases in Service Tax Law by P. Ravindran 140 Costing Issues TCM—To Most Powerful Tool by D. Muthamizh Vendan Murugavel 143 Recent Issues in Finance An Analysis of Funds Management—Loan Disbursement and Recovery— A Case Study on Bhutan Development Finance Corporation Ltd. (BDFCL) by A. Prakash & Prof. Dr. Upauthus Selvaraj 146 Recent Issues in Finance & Economy Global Economic Governance : Need of the Hour by K. Kannusamy 150 ICWAI NEWS Admission to Membership 157 Signature Card of ICWAI Membrs 172 Hearty Congratulations 173 Hearty Congratulations & Announcement 174 Official Organ of the Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India established in year 1944 (Founder member of IFAC, SAFA and CAPA) Volume 46 No. 2 February 2011 The Management Accountant Inside February The contents of this journal are the copyright of The Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India, whose permission is necessary for reproduction in whole or in part. IDEALS THE INSTITUTE STANDS FOR to develop the Cost and Management Accountancy profe-ssion to develop the body of members and properly equip them for functions to ensure sound professional ethics to keep abreast of new developments.

Upload: others

Post on 17-Mar-2020

6 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 87

PRESIDENTB. M. Sharma

email : [email protected] PRESIDENTM. Gopalakrishnan

email : [email protected] COUNCIL MEMBERS

A. N. Raman, A. S. Durga Prasad,Ashwin G. Dalwadi, Balwinder Singh,Chandra Wadhwa, Hari Krishan Goel,Kunal Banerjee, G. N. Venkataraman,

Dr. Sanjiban Bandyopadhyaya,S. R. Bhargave, Somnath Mukherjee, SureshChandra Mohanty, V. C. Kothari,

GOVERNMENT NOMINEESA. K. Srivastava, D. S. Chakrabarty,

Munesh Kumar, Ms. Nandna Munshi,P. K. Jena

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICERSudhir [email protected]

Senior Director (Examinations)Chandana Bose

[email protected] Director

(Administration & Finance)R N Pal

[email protected] (Technical)

J. P. [email protected]

Director (Studies)Arnab Chakraborty

[email protected] (CAT), (Training & Placement)

L. [email protected]

Director (PD)J. K. Budhiraja

[email protected] Director (CEP)

D. [email protected]

Additional Director (Membership) cumJoint Secretary

Kaushik [email protected]

Additional Director (International Affairs)S. C. Gupta

[email protected]

Sudhir GalandeEditorial Office & Headquarters

12, Sudder Street, Kolkata-700 016Phone : (033) 2252-1031/34/35,

Fax : (033) 2252-1602/1492Website : www.icwai.org

Delhi OfficeICWAI Bhawan

3, Institutional Area, Lodi RoadNew Delhi-110003

Phone : (011) 24622156, 24618645,Fax : (011) 24622156, 24631532, 24618645

Editorial 89President’s Communique 90

Cover ArticleHigher Education Boom in Indiaby Dr. Sukamal Dutta, CMA Tamal Taru Roy & Abhik Datta 92Education Omnipresence by Sudhir Galande 97Elementary Education at the Crossroads by Mausumi Bhattacharyya 100Transition to Higher Education — Progressive Overviewby Vipin Agrawal & Dr. Vidhi Agrawal 103Education for Sustainable Development : A Desideratum forMeeting Planetary Emergency by Dr. Sujit Kumar Roy 107Structural Devices to Boom Higher Education in Emerging Indiaby Parimal Kumar Sen & Soumen Bhattacharjee 114Empowerment Through Education in India : Narrowing the Urban-Rural, Male-Female and Affluent-Poor diviceby Dr Ashish Varma, Ishika Varma & Mr. Saswat 116Growth and Prospect of Indian Education Sector — A Critical Analysisin the Context of Private Participation and Foreign Investmentby Palash Garani 119Education Boom by CMA Rabin Kumar Ray 122Human Resource Valuation in Education Industryby Prof. Shirish Raibagkar 125The ICT and Education : From blackboard to keyboardby Dr. Anirban Ghosh 135

Issues in Financial ManagementFinancial Inclusion : Current Status in India by V. Gopalan 138

Taxation IssuesOf High Tea, Technical assistance and the Pilgrim’s Progress —Interpretation of words & phrases in Service Tax Law by P. Ravindran 140

Costing IssuesTCM—To Most Powerful Tool by D. Muthamizh Vendan Murugavel 143

Recent Issues in FinanceAn Analysis of Funds Management—Loan Disbursement and Recovery—A Case Study on Bhutan Development Finance Corporation Ltd. (BDFCL)by A. Prakash & Prof. Dr. Upauthus Selvaraj 146

Recent Issues in Finance & EconomyGlobal Economic Governance : Need of the Hour by K. Kannusamy 150

ICWAI NEWSAdmission to Membership 157Signature Card of ICWAI Membrs 172Hearty Congratulations 173Hearty Congratulations & Announcement 174

Official Organ of the Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of Indiaestablished in year 1944 (Founder member of IFAC, SAFA and CAPA)

Volume 46 No. 2 February 2011

TheManagement Accountant

InsideFebruary

The contents of this journalare the copyright of TheInstitute of Cost and WorksAccountants of India,whose permission isnecessary for reproductionin whole or in part.

IDEALSTHE INSTITUTE STANDS FOR

❏ to develop the Cost and ManagementAccountancy profe-ssion ❏ to develop thebody of members and properly equip themfor functions ❏ to ensure sound professionalethics ❏ to keep abreast of new developments.

Page 2: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 201188

The Management AccountantTechnical Data

Periodicity MonthlyLanguage English

Overall size — 26.5 cm. x 19.5 cm.

Printed Area — 24 cm. x 17 cm.Screens — up to 130

Subscription

Rs. 300/- (Inland) p.a.Single Copy: Rs. 30/-

Overseas

US $150 for AirmailUS $ 100 for Surface Mail

Concessional Subscription Ratesfor Registered

Students & Grad CWAs ofthe Institute

Rs. 150/- p.a.Single Copy: Rs. 15/- (for ICWAI

Students & Grad CWAs)

Revised Rates for AdvertisementThe Management Accountant

Rs. (US $)

Back Cover (colour only) 50,000 2,500

Inside Cover (colour only) 35,000 2,000

Ordy. Full page (B/W only) 20,000 1,500

Ordy. Half page (B/W only) 12,000 1,250

Ordy. Qrtr. page (B/W only) 7,500 750

The Institute reserves the right to refuseany matter of advertisement detrimentalto the interest of the Institute. The de-cision of the Editor in this regard willbe final.

ICWAI UPDATESICWAI UPDATESICWAI UPDATESICWAI UPDATESICWAI UPDATES

MISSION STATEMENT

“ICWAI Professionals would ethicallydrive enterprises globally by creating value tostakeholders in the socio-economic contextthrough competencies drawn from theintegration of strategy, management andaccounting.”

DISCLAIMER

The views expressed by the authors arepersonal and do not necessarily representthe views and should not attributed toICWAI.

VISION STATEMENT

“ICWAI would be the preferred source of re-sources and professionals for the financialleadership of enterprises globally.’’

NOTIFICATION

Ref. No. DS-3/1/1/11 January 10, 2011

Finance Act, 2010 involving Assessment Year2011-2012 will be applicable for the subjectsApplied Direct Taxation (Intermediate), AppliedIndirect Taxation (Intermediate) and Indirect& Direct — Tax Management (Final) for thepurpose of June 2011 term of Examinationunder Revised Syllabus 2008.

Arnab ChakrabortyDirector of Studies

Page 3: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 89

EDITORIALEDITORIALEDITORIALEDITORIALEDITORIAL

Edito

rial

Edito

rial

Edito

rial

Edito

rial

Edito

rial

Education is the most effective instrument which can instill people with the knowledge, skill andcapability to observe and analyze the sense of purpose and confidence for building a dynamic energetic,just and unified nation able to take care of its entire people.

Indian Constitution incorporated necessary provisions in the VI schedule under Article 45 of theDirective Principles of State Policy for providing free and compulsory education to children up to theage of 14 years. Since independence, India has preserved with the goal of universalization of ElementaryEducation. Philosopher-scholar Dr. S Radhakrishnan had given serious consideration to the questionof formation of University Education, soon after national independence in 1947. As a persistencemeasure, it is seen that in April 1, 2010 is a red letter day in the annals of Indian education when thecountry joined the league of around 135 nations with the historic law in the statute book that madeeducation a fundamental right to every child.

The Indian education system is the second largest in the world and is perhaps the most complex interms of its spatial out rich and profile of students and teachers in terms of their linguistic, social,cultural and economic background. The desire to ensure that children get a good education runs deepin most Indian families. Parents are ready to sacrifice and save to invest in their children’s future. Theincrease in the enrolment rate in India; 96 per cent of children between the ages of 6 to 14 are enrolledin school, government and private is a proof in favour of that.

At the time of Independence of India, there were only 27 universities in India. At present there are 40central universities, 296 state universities and 130 institutions deemed to be universities, as declaredby central Government on the advice of the University Grants Commission. Government of Indiaallocated to UGC for higher education the general plan budget of Rs 3439.35 crore for 2009-10 and outof this Rs. 2654.66 crore is provided for enhancing aggregate access that accounts for 77.2 per cent of thetotal budgetary provisions for higher education. The budgetary allocation for education in the 11thplan is 19 per cent against only 7.7 per cent during 10th plan.

Post liberalization, revolutionary change has come about exclusively to cater to the changing needs ofthe society, the job market, and the demands of the students to stay afloat in these competitive times.Apart from extending the reach of education, the educational institutions have also introduced newcurricula to help students know, understand, and thus function effectively in the varied emerging andflourishing professions. Globalization of higher education has been the subject of deliberation, dialogueand debate among academia all over the world. During the past few decades, a spirit of change andinnovations pervades educational activities in many parts of the world and as a result, Education forAll (EFA) is an international commitment that brings the benefits of education to every citizen in everysociety.

A developing country like India can reap the demographic dividend of youth only by investing in itseducation and capacity building systems by making them more relevant to the demands of the rapidlymodernizing economies. Education must enable one to face the basic challenges of life, to identify theproblems facing the nation as well as to finding a solution for each of the problems. The growth ofGross National Product (GNP) depends on the level of educational development. The higher the levelof education the higher will be the GNP. The general welfare of the society depends upon providingeducation to all its citizens. Thus, economic growth and education are co-integrated, indicating anexistence of long run equilibrium relationship between the two.

Professionals to earn their trust should be well trained and up-to-date. To keep pace with rapid changingglobal scenario, the institute has introduced a new syllabus where corporate environment and emergenceof computerization has been introduced for effective cost reduction and control. Students havestreamlined to ensure quality in their professional field.

Education is a very large canvas. The challenge is to identify the areas within it that will be themost effective. Education must enable to have a broad perspective in life, to enable one to seewhat others cannot, to respect fellow professionals and to respect the morals and traditions of oursociety.

“Education isthe

manifestationof perfection

already in man…The onlyduty of theteacher is

to remove theobstructions in

the way.”Swami

Vivekananda.

Page 4: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 201190

B. M. Sharma, President

PRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉPRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉPRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉPRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉPRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉ

“Win through action and never through argument.” —Anonymous

Dear Professional Colleagues,You may have come across a headline in one of the National newspapers on the sixty first RepublicDay this year which I quote “There is a limit how much RBI can do”. It is in response to the strategyRBI is likely to adopt to tackle rising inflation in India which focuses on taking small and gradualsteps to control the situation. The reason why I have quoted this is because I feel it is an opportunityfor Cost Accountants to make their mark. They can contribute by either correctly calculating the costof products and services or by making calibrated efforts in the supply side. This way they not only doconsumers a world of good but also enhance the reputation of the profession in the eyes of importantfunctionaries in the Central and State Governments.Friends, you may be aware the Institute organized its 52nd National Cost Convention 2011 at Chennaiduring 6th - 8th January, 2011. It was preceded by Students Convention and Practitioners Meet bothon 5th January, 2011. The Practitioners Meet was ably conducted under the guidance of Mr.V Kalyanaraman, Former President of ICWAI and SAFA. Mr. M Narendra, CMD of Indian OverseasBank and Mr. T S Krishnamurthy, Former Chief Election Commissioner of India were the honorableChief Guests for Inaugural and Valedictory Sessions respectively.Mr. R Bandyopadhyay, IAS, Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry of Corporate Affairs wasthe Chief Guest for the Inaugural Session of the National Convention. I am happy to inform you thatthe events during the Convention generated tremendous interest and were attended by record numberof participants. Padma Shree Prof. Bala Balachandran, Director, Great Lakes Institute of Management,Chennai was the Chief Guest in the Valedictory Session, The discussion/presentations during thetechnical sessions were of high standard and arrangements were very impressive. A number of foreignspeakers made presentations in the convention.Several unique initiatives have been started from this year. The highlight of the event was honoringthe illustrious alumni of the Institute by conferring them with ICON of the Year Award. The awardeesare Ms. Chanda Kochhar, Managing Director and CEO, ICICI Bank; Mr. C S Verma, Chairman, SAIL;Dr. H P Kumar, CMD, National Small Industries Corpn. Ltd.; Mr. Kewal Handa, Managing Director,Pfizer Limited; Mr. Partha S Bhattacharyya, Chairman, Coal India Limited; Mr. G. Srinivasan, CMD,United India Insurance Company Limited and Mr. K Raghavendra Rao, CMD, Orchid Chemicals andFertilizers Limited.I am very pleased to share with you that two of the ICWAI ICONs are recipient of the prestigiousPadma Awards for the year 2011 by Government of India. Ms. Chanda Kochhar of ICICI was conferredwith Padma Bhushan and Mr. Raghavendra Rao of Orchid Chemical and Fertilizers Limited has beenawarded with Padma Shree. On behalf of the Institute, I congratulate both of them for their contributionto the progress of the Nation.National Convention 2011 originated novel idea of Green Convention with appropriate initiativesand technology enabled Quiz Competition during Students Convention, which fascinated most of thepersons who attended it. Awards for Best Regional Council and Chapters were also announced duringthe National Convention.I compliment the team SIRC led by Shri M Gopalakrishnan, Vice President and Chairman of theNational Cost Convention 2011 for organizing the 52nd National Cost Convention at Chennai in abefitting manner.Academics DirectorateTo provide value added services for the students of ICWAI, Academics Directorate has taken theinitiatives to come out to release following publications during the 52nd National Cost Convention,2011 at Chennai :a. Work Books on “Cost and Management Accounting “ and “Financial Accounting.”b. Compendium on — Management Accounting — Enterprise Performance Management.Examination DirectorateInstitute’s prize distribution for meritorious students who secured positions during variousexaminations of the Institute was held during the Student convention held along with the 52nd NationalCost Convention at Chennai.PD DirectorateThe Institute is consistently making enormous efforts to update its members with respect to changesin various Acts and Rules pertinent to the profession. I am happy to inform the members thatProfessional Development Directorate has brought out the following publications and the first threepublications were released by Shri R. Bandyopadhyay, IAS, Secretary to Government of India, Ministryof Corporate Affairs and last two publications were released by Padma Shree Prof. Bala Balachandran,Director, Great Lakes Institute of Management, Chennai during 52nd National Cost Convention heldat Chennai :1. Risk Based Internal Audit & Concurrent Audit of Commercial Banks2. Revised 6th Edition of Guidance Note on Valuation Audit under Central Excise Law

Page 5: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 91

PRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉPRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉPRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉPRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉPRESIDENT’S COMMUNIQUÉ

3. Revised 3rd Edition of Guidance Note on CENVAT Audit underCentral Excise Law

4. Revised 2nd Edition of Guidance Note on Value Added Tax, ItsAccounting & Auditing

5. Members’ Handbook 3 Volumes (for members in Practice andEmployment)

The revised editions of the above books have been brought out afterincorporating the latest developments with respect to respective Actsand Rules and relevant case laws have also been included under thevarious chapters of the Guidance Notes to guide the members tounderstand the intricacies of various issues. I appeal all my professionalcolleagues to make use of the above publications in building confidenceamongst assesses and the regulatory bodies through enhanced qualityof reports.R & J DepartmentResearch & Journal Department has published Research Bulletin on“Climate Change & Environ-ment Protection” and a booklet on“Monograph on Micro, Small & Medium Enterprises”; both thepublications were released during the 52nd National Convention heldat Chennai.Considering the severity of the elements and nature of the crisis, thepublication of the Research Bulletin has focused on the impact of climatechange and sustainable development and effectively addresses theclimate change concerns. Eminent personalities from the Industry andAcademicians have made their contribution.The publication on Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises hasemphasized its role, contribution in growth and development and asmajor employment provider in the economy. The MSMEs constituteover 90% of total enterprises in most of the economies and the futureof MSMEs is of major policy concern due to their strategic importance,in reshaping the industrial sector.Membership DirectorateI request all the members to kindly take note of following :1. Specimen signature cards have been sent to all members individuallyby post for the purpose of updation of their signature and photographin the Institute records. All members are requested to send the sameduly filled in and signed positively within 1st March, 2011.2. The Election to the Council and Regional Councils of the Institute isscheduled to be held this year. Steps are being taken in accordancewith provisions of the Cost and Works Accountants Act, 1959, the Costand Works Accountants (Election to the Council) Rules, 2006 and theCost and Works Accountants Regulations, 1959 as amended.SAFA Assembly MeetingYou may be aware that Mr. A N Raman, Central Council Member ofthe ICWAI has taken over as President of South Asian Federation ofAccountants (SAFA) from January, 2011. ICWAI representativeoccupied this position fifteen years ago in 1996; I attended a meeting ofAssembly of SAFA held on 9th January, 2011 at Chennai wherein Mr.Raman and Mr. Muhammad Rafi of The Institute of Cost andManagement Accountants of Pakistan (ICMAP) were formallyappointed as President and Vice President respectively of SAFA forthe year 2011. This meeting was attended by Heads/Representativesof eight of the nine institutions from Bangladesh, Nepal, India, Sri Lankaand Pakistan. In the same meeting, Mr. Sudhir Kumar Sharma, DeputyDirector (Technical) of ICWAI was appointed as Executive Secretary,SAFA for the year. I wish Mr. Raman and his team at SAFA with thesuccess and establishing SAFA as a unique brand for the developmentof the regional growth and development with major inputs fromICWAI.Indo-UK Task Force meetingI had the privilege to attend the 5th Meeting of Indo-UK Task Forceheld at New Delhi on 18th January, 2011. It had representation fromtop officers in the Ministry of Corporate Affairs led by Mr. R

Bandyopadhyay, the then Secretary to the Government of India,representatives of ICWAI, ICAI & ICSI and other industry associations;Two of the Ministers from UK side led the UK Delegation.Mr. M Gopalakrishnan, Vice President and Mr. Kunal Banerjee, PastPresident, ICWAI were also part of the delegation from the Institute.The meeting focused on the various aspects of mutual cooperationincluding MRAs between professional institutes in the two countries.International Seminar on Economic and Social Governance atMumbaiMr. M Gopalakrishnan, Vice President, ICWAI led a delegationincluding Mr. G N Venkataraman, Immediate Past President, ICWAIto participate in an International Seminar on “Responsible Investment:Mainstreaming of Economic, Social Governance Factors” at Mumbaion 19th January, 2011 with collaboration of GRI and GTZ, leaders inthe field.New Ministers in the Ministry of Corporate AffairsShri Kunal Banerjee Past President and I had the privilege of felicitatingShri Murli Deora Ji, Hon’ble Union Minister of Corporate Affairs,Government of India on his taking over as new Minister. We assuredthe Honorable Minister to continue our efforts in fulfilling his visionfor the Ministry in general and ICWAI in particular.Shri Hari Krishan Goel, CCM and I also called on Shri RPN SinghJi, Hon’ble Minister of State (Ministry of Corporate Affairs) on Jan28, 2011.I wish to place on record yeoman guidance provided by OutgoingMinister Shri Salman Khurheed Ji, who rekindled many of our hopesduring his tenure as Minister of Corporate Affairs and on behalf ofICWAI I put on record our thanks and appreciation for his kind supportand guidance.Change of Secretary and Additional Secretary, Ministry ofCorporate AffairsSimultaneous to the change in guard in the Minister’s Office, Mr. D KMittal, IAS has taken over as Secretary to the Govern-ment of India,Ministry of Corporate Affairs. On behalf of ICWAI, we welcome himfor his new assignment and are ready to contribute in whatever mannerhis Ministry wishes us to.Shri Sudhir Mittal, IAS has joined as Additional Secretary to theGovernment of India, Ministry of Corporate Affairs. We are happy forhis appointment and wish him success for the same.On behalf of ICWAI, we are thankful to Mr. R Bandyopadhyay, IAS(Retd.), Former Secretary to the Government of India, Ministry ofCorporate Affairs who retired on 31st January, 2011. He is a friend,philosopher and guide, who believed in competence of members ofICWAI and encouraged us to participate in various initiatives MCApioneered under his leadership.We also thank Shri P D Sudhakar, IAS (Retd.), Former Special Secretaryto the Government of India, Ministry of Corporate Affairs who alsoretired on 31st January, 2011 for his valuable inputs to the ICWAIwhenever we visited him.My best wishes for the Saraswati Puja, Basant Panchami and Id-e-Miladto all of you.

Regards,

Brij Mohan Sharma,President, ICWAI1st February, 2011

Page 6: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 201192

Higher Education Boom in India Dr. Sukamal Datta*

CMA Tamal Taru Roy** Abhik Datta***

India has a glorious past with enrichment of higher education. India possesses a highly developed higher educationsystem which covers almost all aspect of human creative and intellectual endeavors: arts and humanities, natural andapplied sciences, social sciences, commerce and management, engineering, medicine, agriculture, education, law, nationaland foreign languages, music and performing arts, culture, communication, professional areas like cost and managementaccounting, company secretaryship, etc. The Nalanda University of India was the oldest University system of educationin the world. Scholars from different countries used to come to India to get higher education. Nalanda and Taxilaamong others were most important centers of learning of that time. Those institutions of higher education used tosystematically impart knowledge and attract a good number of foreign scholars to study different topics like grammar,arts, logic, medicine, metaphysics, etc.

Western system of education introduced inIndia with the establishment of British Raj(Rule). All that time a class of Westernized

elite group was versed in the western educationsystem. During the colonial era the Western systembecame solidified in India as a number of primary,secondary and tertiary centers for education. In Indiaeducation falls under the preview of both the UnionGovernment and State Governments with someresponsibilities of the Union and the States haveautonomy for others. Indian Constitution provideseducation as a fundamental right. Most of theuniversities of India are controlled by the StateGovernments and a few controlled by the UnionGovernment. Our country has been witnessingremarkable growth in higher education sector due totremendous growth and development of service-oriented economy. Owing to development of variousservices industry demands for various technical andprofessional courses have been rising in the country inrecent years.

Current Status of Higher EducationThe framework of higher educational institutions

consists of Universities established by an Act ofParliament (Central Universities) or a State Legislature(State Universities), Deemed Universities (that haveacquired the statues of a university with authority toaward their own degrees by Central Governmentnotification), Institutes of National Importance(prestigious institutions awarded by Parliament),institutions established through State Legislative Actand colleges affiliated to the university.

The Ministry of Human Resource Development ofIndia indirectly controlled each stream of highereducation. There are around 415 universities orinstitutions mostly funded by the State Governmentsand only 25 important universities which arecalled Central Universities are maintained by the

* Principal, Naba Ballygunge Mahavidyalaya (C.U.)** Associate Professor, Naba Ballygunge Mahavidyalaya***PAT, Cognizant Technology Solutions India Pvt. Ltd.

Central Government and affiliated to the UniversityGrants Commission (UGC). All India Council forTechnical Education (AICTE) monitors accreditedengineering education and business schools. Medicaleducation in India is monitored and accredited by theMedical Council of India (MCI). Indian Council ofAgriculture Research monitors agriculture educationand research. Likewise, National Council for TeacherEducation (NCTE) controls all the Teacher TrainingInstitutes in India. The Ministry of Human ResourceDevelopment of the Union Government directlyprovides huge amount of fund to some aceengineering, management and medical institutions.At present around 16,000 colleges, including 1,800exclusive women’s colleges, functioning under theuniversities and institutions. Distance learning is alsoa feature of the Indian higher education for providingsupport of higher education to the employed people.

India’s higher education system is the third largestin the world after China and the United States. Someinstitutions of India like Indian Institute of Technology(IITs) have been globally renowned for their standardof education.

All India Institute of Medical Sciences has beenrecognized as one of the global leaders in Medicalresearch and treatment. The Indian School of Business(ISB) of Hyderabad was ranked number 12 in globalMBA ranking by the Financial Times of London in2010. Six Indian Institutes of Technology and the BirlaInstitute of Technology and Science, Pilani, wereselected among the top 20 science and technologyschools in Asia by Asiaweek. Three IndianUniversities – Indian Institute of Technology, IndianInstitute of Management and Jawaharlal NehruUniversity have taken their places in the Times Higher

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 7: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 93

Education list of the world’s top 200 universities in2005 and 2006.

Since independence the higher education in Indiahas increased mainfold in its institutional capacity. Itis observed from Table 1.

Table : 1 Institutional Capacity Expansion inHigher Education

Institutional Capacity Indicator 1950 2008Number of University Level Institutions(including 11 Private universities) 25 431Number of Colleges 700 20,677Number of Teachers 15,000 5,05,000Number of Students Enrolled 1,00,000 1,16,12,000

Source : UGC — Higher Education in India — issues relatedto Expansion, Inclusiveness, Quality and Finance, November2008

Table 1 shows that just after independence in1950 the number of universities was only 25 but thenumber increased to 431 in 2008. During the sameperiod number of colleges increased from 700 to 20,677and the enrolment of students has increased from 1lakh to 116.12 lakhs.

Table 2 : Types of UniversitiesType September 2008

Central Universities 25State Universities 230Deemed Universities 110National Importance (State) 5National Importance (Centre) 33Private Universities 28 Total 431

Source : Same as in Table 1It is observed from Table 2 that 28 private

universities are playing in the field of higher education.This is due to the fact that both the Central and StateGovernments are unable to set up required number ofuniversities as per huge number of enrolment in highereducation. So the Union Government gave permissionto set up private universities. It is also supported by theUnited Nations Educational, Scientific and CulturalOrganization (UNESCO). As per UNESCO, India hasthe lowest public expenditure on higher education perstudent in the world.

Access to and Growth in Higher EducationThe expansion of infrastructure in higher education

in terms of number of universities, colleges andteachers has provided greater access to the studentsin higher education. To reduce the financial burdenof both the Union and State Governments, privatesectors are invited in all spheres of higher education.

The access of higher education is measured byenrolment ratio. There are three alternative methodsto estimate the extent of access to higher education,namely, Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER), Net EnrolmentRatio (NER), and Enrolment of Eligible Ratio (EER).The GER is a ratio of persons enrolled in highereducation institutions to total population of thepersons in the age group of 18 to 23 years. The NERmeasures the level of enrolment of specific age groupof 18 to 23. On the other hand, EER measures the levelof enrolment of those who passed Higher SecondaryExamination. These three concepts measure the accessto higher education from different angles. We mayuse three sources, namely, Selected EducationStatistics (SES), National Sample Survey (NSS) andPopulation Census (PC), for the purpose of measuringenrolment rate in higher education.

The projected enrolment and GER for the 11th Planperiod along with enrolment from 2000-01 to 2006-07is shown in Table 3.

Table 3 : Projected Enrolments and GER forHigher Education for the 11th Plan

Period 2006-07 to 2011-12Year General Profession All GER Voca- Total GER

Education (%) tional (%)Degree °+

Dip-loma

UG PG Docto- Eng.& Tech Medi-rate cine

2000-01 7245 647 45 418 148 8826 7.6 987 9613 8.52001-02 7139 689 53 526 148 8821 7.6 1105 9926 8.52002-03 7633 709 57 709 208 9517 7.9 1200 10717 8.92003-04 8026 807 66 773 223 10009 8.1 1191 11200 9.12004-05 8506 834 64 934 231 10523 8.3 1206 11729 9.32005-06 8969 868 65 1069 240 11053 8.5 1221 12274 9.52006-07 9425 906 67 1220 251 11592 8.8 1266 12858 9.711th Plan2007-08 9877 747 69 1388 263 12133 9.0 1292 13425 9.92008-09 10327 988 72 1575 275 12676 9.2 1320 13996 10.12009-10 10775 1031 74 1781 287 13220 9.4 1349 14569 10.32010-11 11223 1073 76 2009 300 13765 9.5 1379 15144 10.5

2011-12 11671 1116 78 2259 313 14309 9.9 1410 15719 10.9

Source : Same as in Table 1The estimates—based on SES—indicated that the

access in higher education measured in terms of GERincreased from 0.7% in 1950-51 to 1.4% in 1960-61 andit increased to 9.7% in 2006-07. The 11th Planrecognized as the dual problems of higher education,namely low enrolment rate and the regionalimbalance. It is recognized that 11% of enrolment rateis too low compared to 23% of world average or morethan 55% for developed countries. Developedcountries experience of development indicated that

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 8: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 201194

minimum 20% to 25% enrolment in higher educationis required for the sustained economic growth. It isobserved from Table 3 that enrolment in highereducation increased in 10th Plan period from 8.8million in 2001-02 to only 11.6 million in 2006-07 andGER from 7.6% to 8.8%. Thus the GER has increasedonly by 1.2% and not 4% as intended by the 10th Plan.It is also depicted from the Table that estimatedenrolment in higher education would be 14.3 millionin general and professional education and the figurebe 15.7 million including vocational education at theend of the 11th Plan period. Interestingly, theenrolment in engineering and technology would bedouble from 1.2 million in 2006-07 to 2.2 million in2011-12, while in medicine it would be only 25%increase in the same period.

On the basis of historical trend and growth patternthe projected enrolment probably may not fulfil therequirement of Indian economy. Accordingly a higherachievable target is required in the 11th Plan to reachthe higher target. The 11th Plan approach paperenvisaged a GER of 20% at the last year but it is verydifficult to attain the target. So a target of 15% GER isassumed.

Engineering Education in IndiaIn the last two decades engineering education has

shown tremendous growth in India—both in numberof colleges and number of students. But the averagequality of both the colleges and students has beenfalling. A survey revealed that only a handful of the1,400 engineering colleges in India are providingworld-class education with graduates’ worth ofconsideration of employment (Globalization ofEngineering Services, 2006). Another survey of humanresource professionals of Multinational Corporationin India found that only 25% of engineering graduateswith a suitable degree could be employed. These twosurveys indicate that most of the engineering collegesfailed to supply good quality engineers who may bereadily salable in the knowledge market. One of thecauses behind it is that most of the engineeringcolleges are now running privately rather thanthrough public expenditure. Ultimate objective ofprivate colleges, in most of the cases, is to maximizetheir profit—not to provide quality education!! Atpresent, private colleges account for 86.4% of studentsand 84% of engineering colleges. Positive attitude ofthe controlling body of the Government may shut theloopholes applying legal prohibitions on project.

Sustainable growth in Indian economy createshuge demand of engineers and, in near future, moreand more engineer will be required. Considering thegrowing demand of engineers the Government isconsidering to allow the engineering colleges to admit2,00,000 students more. At present around 1.3 millionstudents enrolled in India in around 3,200 colleges

and provide 5,00,000 engineers a year. India requirestwo kind of expansion of education : (i) access of largenumber of people in higher education, and (ii)improve the quality of education that we impart.

Narayanan Ramaswamy, Executive Director(Education) at audit firm KMPG, opines that whileincreasing the number of seats is in the direction ofproviding more people in the arena of highereducation, his concern is to look into till quality getaffected. He said ‘There is already a shortage of facultyto the tune of 30% and here we are increasing thestudents without increasing the teachers who willteach them. This may produce some sub-standardengineers in the country. On the other hand HRDminister Kapil Sibal said that the Government islooking to increase the number of students in highereducation arena by 30 million within 2020 to fulfil thetremendous demand of people. He also said “Industrydoes not create (human) wealth, it translates ideas intowealth. Higher education will create this wealth”.

All engineering colleges require approval from AllIndia Council for Technical Education (AICTE). Sothe AICTE is the right authority to regulate andmonitor the performances of those engineeringcolleges to maintain the quality and standard so thatthose students can successfully compete globally.

To create quality engineer the intake capacity forundergraduate students in existing seven worldstandard IITs at Delhi, Mumbai, Kanpur, Kharagpur,Chennai, Guwahiti, and Roorkee, has increased from4,977 in 2008-09 to 5464 in 2009-10. The Government hasapproved setting up of eight new IITs in the states ofAndhara Pradesh, Bihar, Gujrat, Himachal Pradesh,Madhya Pradesh, Orrisa, Punjab and Rajasthan. All theeight newly established IITs have started their function.

Boom time for Cost and ManagementAccountant/Cost and Works Accountants

While the world of finance has been suffering fromrecession and, on the other hand, India has beeninviting foreign direct investment in the liberalized,privatized and globalized region some professionswitnessed a boom. A cost accountant goes beyondbooks and applies his intellect to analyze the actualcost involved in running a firm, manufacture aproduct or provide a service, and so on. Over the yearsthe Cost and Management Accountant as a professionhas been lagging behind as compared to CharteredAccountant. Since the time of establishment of theinstitute in 1959 by the Parliament there are only 44products listed to be cost audited. The Ministry ofCorporate Affairs appointed an expert group to lookinto the matter and provide regulatory support. Theexpert group has made 39 recommendations. Thereport recommended for shifting from a complianceoriented framework to a performance managementframework with enterprise governance in mind. This

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 9: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 95

becomes more important after the Satyam scam wherethe Government hired a team of cost and worksAccountants to investigate the fraud. Under theirrecommendations ICWAI has been asked to develop20 standards for the profession. To date ICWAI havealready developed 12 standards.

Members of ICWAI are occupying noble posts likeChairman, Managing Director, Finance Director,Finance Manager, General Manager in many publicand private sector organization and also in theGovernment. There are wide opportunities forindependent practice. The Association of IndianUniversities (AIU) and a good number of individualUniversities recognized Cost and Work Accountantswith Bachelor Degree equivalent to M.Com. and allowthem to register for M.Phil or Ph.D. in managementand allied disciplines. At the same time, Fellowmembers of this institute will be treated at par withthe people who have been awarded Ph.D. degree asfar as appointment in the posts of Professor, AssociateProfessor and Assistant Professor in Professional orManagement Institutes are concerned.

Considering all the facts under one umbrella thereexits a constant increasing growth rate of enrolmentin ICWAI during last two decades. At the same timethe institute has introduced a parallel certificate coursefor the students undergoing B.Com. Course. Now weare witnessing a boom for cost and works accountants.

Distance Education—A new Dimension ofHigher Education in India

Peter Drucker, the management ‘guru’(master)made the following observation regarding DistanceEducation, “Thirty years from now, the big universitycampus will be relics. Universities won’t survive …….Higher education is in deep crisis………….Today’sbuildings are hopelessly unsuited and totallyunneeded’’. [Dye, 1997]

This view is based on his belief or prediction thatbefore long, higher education will take place, not withinthe classroom, nor within any confirmed educationalcampus but off-campus and online, taking advantageof the succession of momentous revolutions that arecoming up in the field of computer sciencecommunication technology and their convergence.This represents an extreme view which we may acceptfully. The ‘guru’ and ‘sishya’ (disciple) will continue toexist. There will be lessons, lectures, laboratories,exercises, and examinations. Nevertheless, we have torecognize the far reaching changes that distanceeducation has already brought about in the world ofeducation. The UK Open University is offeringinstruction in more than 100 countries [Levine].

The Distance Education represents :i) transformation of instruction from craft to

technologyii) increase in productivity in education

iii) enhancement of flexibilityiv) opportunity to the unreached and equityv) lifelong education.Distance Education has made significant progress

in India. Today we have one National Open Universityand twelve State Open Universities. Indira GandhiNational Open University has study centers in 28countries. In addition, over one hundred conventionaluniversities have distance education directorates andoffer a large number of programmes. The profile ifgrowth in the last 10 years is given in Table 4 :

Table : 4 Growth Admission Strength inDistance Education

(in lakhs)Year Open University (IOU) Distance Education

Institutions (IDEII)1995 2.22 10.002000 5.22 11.352005 9.00 21.00

Source : Date obtained from the Distance Education Council[DEC], Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi

If we consider the growth of only open universitythe average rate of growth in the last 5 years has been14 percent. If we take into account the DistanceEducation Institutions [DEI] with open universitiesthen open universities including distance educationdirectorates in conventional universities, the rate ofgrowth works out to an average of 17 percent. Thatcertainly is impressive record in higher education. TheIndira Gandhi National Open University is the secondlargest open university in the whole world.

Privatization of Higher EducationImproved education system of India is one of the

main contributors of the economic development ofIndia. The credit of progress in education to someextent goes to various private institutions. Theremarkable growth of higher education system duringthe last two decades invites huge private investmentin higher education, especially at the undergraduatelevel. It starts from professional and technicalinstitutions and ends at all fields of higher educationincluding science, commerce and arts. The privateeducation market in India is estimated to be worth$40 billion in 2008 and will increase to $68 billion by2012. In the education system of India public andprivate sectors have co-existed from timesimmemorial. Of late, however, the Government ofIndia appears to be learning towards privatization ofeducation, particularly higher education beinginfluenced by the worldwide emphasis onliberalization, privatization and globalization.

The Central Government initiated towards thisdirection in the Eighth Plan (1992-97) which

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 10: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 201196

recommended that the opening of new conventionaluniversities and colleges should be encouraged.Further, private sector participation is invited in theopening and conduct of higher education institutionswith proper checks to ensure maintenance of standard.On submission of Birla Ambani Report to the PrimeMinister suggesting Government subsidies to highereducation should be minimal and the fund thus savedshould be invested in expanding facilities at the primaryand secondary stage of education the move towardsprivatization of higher education got a boost. Butprivate higher educational institutions will deprive vasteconomically disadvantagedsections of the Indiansociety form having equitable educationalopportunities, mainly because of the unaffordable feelevels. So, to maintain the social justice it is necessaryto consider possible policy decision to encourage atransparent and accountable private entrepreneurshipin higher education with a view to maintain excellencein higher education.

HRD Minister Kapil Sibal opines that theGovernment alone is unable to finance the totalrequirement for education. He said in the 11th Five YearPlan Government allocation for education is ofRs.85,000 crore but this figure is not enough. To meetthe demand Private Sector has to come but theGovernment has to regulate it and there must be a lawfor it. Considering all the facts the Foreign EducationProviders Bill, a bill that seeks regulating the entry andoperations of foreign education providers in India islikely to be placed in the Parliament. As per draft of theBill, foreign education providers would be given thestatus of deemed university in India and they wouldbe functioning under the administrative umbrella of theUniversity Grants Commission (UGC), which meansthat the fee structure and the admission process of theseinstitutions will be regulated by the UGC. At presentforeign educational institutions are not allowed to offerdegree courses in India, however, nearly 150 foreigninstitutes offer courses with Indian uni-versities undera twinning arrangement—part of the course in Indiaand the remaining abroad. This bill will permit themto award degrees, diplomas or certificates.

ObservationsTo fulfill the growing demand of higher education

improving quality and standard the Government hastaken initiatives for expansion and strengthening ofinfrastructure, new working and digitization,strengthening of open and distance education systemand of research institutions. The Governmentstrategies also focused on restructuring and reformingof higher education system to improve accessibilityand quality of services offered through greaterautonomy with a target of increasing higher educationGER to 15% by 2011-12.

UGC has formulated an Action Plan for academicand administrative reforms in respect of semestersystem, choice-based credit system, curriculumdevelopment, admission procedures and examinationreforms and fixed up a time period of 2 years to drawa road map and action plan for implementation.

The National Knowledge Commission (NKC) hasrecommended some guidelines for higher educationand research which are under consideration. Itrecommended for setting up of a NationalCommission for Higher Education ad Research(NCHER) replacing some existing regulatory bodies.

The existing deemed universities which are unableto fulfil the prescribed norms and standards shouldbe derecognized without affecting the career of thestudents. On recommendation by independentagencies regarding prescribed norms, standards andrating the status of deemed university should beconferred.

Academic research also needs extensive reformsand standards to maintain international quality. Ph.D.scholars should be allowed to undertake under-graduate teaching assignments and conduct tutorialand seminar classes as per global practice.

The MHRD has adopted an idea to set up NationalHigher Education Finance Corporation (NHEFC) forensuring the expansion of existing players in thehigher education since the government has beensuffering from financial constraints for expansion.NHEFC may be formed with an authorized ShareCapital of Rs.10,000 crore proposed to directly financeany university duly recognized under law for itscreation of improvement of infrastructure.

Indian Institutes of Technology and IndianInstitutes of Management are leaders in the Technicaland Management education in the country and havegained high international reputation.

Private entrepreneurs established a world classinstitute for rapidly growing demand of InformationTechnology Industry and a world class institution inManagement (ISB at Hyderabad) with linkages withworld class institutions.

The Government gave permission to some DeemedUniversities to open campuses both in there Statesand abroad. Open Universities are encouraged to offerquality programmes at the least cost which is the mostcost-effective way of providing higher education.

In higher education there is a need to improve bothaccess and excellence. The Knowledge Commissionhas come forward to promote the ‘knowledge base’of Indian economy by properly utilizing the vast talentpotential. We must properly use our vast potential tocreative ideas to make India truly the ‘KnowledgeEngine’ of the world. ❐

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 11: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 97

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Education Omnipresence‘‘The Policy of being too Cautious is the Greatest Risk of All’’

— Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru

Sudhir Galande*

Higher education started with the resources of20 universities, 500 colleges and 2 lakhs students at the time of independence. The

successive policy of the Govt. swelled these numbersto 504 Universities, 25951 colleges, 5.90 lakhs teachers& 136 lakhs students in higher education. Thetotal percentage for undergraduate is 90% and 10%is for post-graduate education & research. If welook at the stream wise enrollment, we observeHumanities & Arts constitute 45%; Science 20%;Commerce & Manage-ment 18%; Engineering &Technology 7%; Medicine 3%; Law 3.2%; TeachersTraining 1.3%, Agriculture 0.6%, Veterrnary 0.2% andothers 0.7%.

Another feather in the cap is the opening of 17Open Universities & 400 Distance Educationproviders supplementing conventional educationalproviders and catering to more than 3 millionstudents.

Speed Breakers to check Drop out RatioIt is a bigger challenge. The obvious question arises

as to why be there a large drop out ratio during theschool. It is stupendous during V to VIII standards.The reasons observed are economic difficulties,household responsibilities etc. But are the studentsfinding the subjects dry? Doesn’t it seem interesting?What should be the role of teachers to make thecurriculum stimulating? Unfortunately, statistics isnot available to throw the light on these vital points.Why a caravan of 220 million students enrolled in theschools fades to merely 13 million in the highereducation?

Quality AssuranceNational Assessment & Accreditation Council

(NAAC) was set up in 1994 to ensure the quality inhigher education as prevalent in America & Europe.However, for the strange reasons it is undertakingthe onerous job alone. There is need to try & implementthe model on the basis other Sectors. For e.g. RBIconducts CAMEL rating for more than 500 banks &1 lakh branches. But the methodology is simple. Itconducts the audit for H.Q. and few selected branchesand also evaluate the efficacy of risk based audit doneby Internal Audit of the Bank. On similar lines, NAAC

should promote State Assessment & AccreditationCouncil (SAAC) in all major states and to begin withall southern states and western states should bepreferred. SAAC should evaluate the Universities &Colleges in respective states periodically based onthe rating. NAAC should confine its role to theUniversities and sample colleges affiliated toUniversities. The present policy and role of NAACto allow all participants (Universities and colleges)to enter the Beauty Parade and evaluate them needsreview.

NAAC so far has been successful in evaluating lessthan one third of Universities & one fifth Colleges inthe country!

The proposed National Accreditation RegulatoryAuthority for Higher Educational Institutions Bill-2010 would supplement the efforts of NAAC toevaluate the educational institutions and ensure thequality.

ResearchUniversities award 12000-14000 Ph.D. every year.

In 2007-08, it was 13237 PhD composing of 4574 forscience, 4405 for arts and rest for others. These twofaculties constituted 67 % of total Ph.D. awarded.

Universities abroad are successful in attractinggood number of full time researchers on account offacility, interest & priority. For e.g. number of full timeresearchers in selected countries are [in lakhs]- USA(13.87); China (11.18), Japan (7.04), Germany (2.72),France(2.02), Korea(1.79), India(1.54), Canada(1.34) etc.

Teaching FacultiesThe experts in the field admit that it is the weakest

link in the education sector. The tendency is to fightthe entire career with the arms once acquired at thebeginning & intermittent sporadic efforts of theupdation. In spite of measures taken by the Govt., thehabit of continuous learning is observed in few only.

Another chronic problem is the noticeable &persistent shortage of teaching faculties in Engineering& Medical Colleges. We have failed to attract the besttalents as teaching staff in these fields.

* CEO of ICWAI & Editor of the Journal

Page 12: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 201198

The Govt. has temporarily resolved it by extendingthe age of retirement.

EmployabilityThe industry has pointed out persistently that

large number of graduates lack requisite skillsrequired by the industry. The various studies andsurveys by NASSCOM, other Consultants andChambers of Commerce revealed that only 25% ofengineering graduates and 15% of other graduates areemployable. With additional short & long rangetraining the employable percentage can be doubledbut the rest is definitely not suitable/employable atall.

It throws light on the quality of the education &skills imparted to the students. Thus there is need ofacademic-industry association & participation indrafting the curriculum and also providing theopportunities of practical experience to the studentsin the industry/field.

Vocational EducationAccording to the Eleventh Five Year Plan

Document, only 2% of existing workforce in India hasskill training, while the corresponding figures are 96%,80% and 75% respectively for Korea, Japan andGermany.

Govt. has initiated the measures to set up 50000Skills Development Centre’s (SDC) in public-privatepartnership. Nearly 13 million people enter the marketevery year that are unskilled.

The National Skill Development Corporation(NSDC), a non- profit company under Section 25 ofthe companies Act, has been set up under the Ministryof finance. It has an equity base of Rs 10 crore, of which49% is contributed by the Govt. and 51 % by theprivate sector. It aims at creation of a pool of skilledmanpower with adequate skills that meet theemployment requirement across various sectors of thenational economy.

Recent Developments & New InitiativesEducation Sector is going through radical

changes with many proposed Bills based on therecommendations of the Yashpal Committee and alsothe National Knowledge Commission (NKC).

The National Commission for Higher Educationand Research Bill, 2010 will coordinate, maintainstandards and promotes higher education andresearch. Originally, it covered Law, Medical and allthree professional Institutes under it. Now, Ministryof Health & Law is successful in taking out their areas

from the proposed Bill. It will take the functions ofUGC, AICTE and NCTE.

The Educational Tribunal Bill, 2010 will adjudicateall matters concerned with education and itsstakeholders.

The Prohibition of Unfair Practices in Technical,Medical Educational Institution and Universities Bill,2010 prohibits capitation fees, accepting feeswithout receipts, overpricing for prospectus etc.It seeks to impose civil & monetary penaltiesthrough State Educational Tribunal for violations ofprovisions.

The National Accreditation Regulatory Authorityfor Higher Educational Institutions Bill-2010 wouldnow make it compulsory for all universities andinstitutes for accreditation from an independentagency. At present only courses on technicalprogrammes are accredited by the National Board ofAccreditation.

The Foreign Educational Institutions Regulationof Entry and Operation Bill, 2010 is a landmarkdecision to allow Foreign Universities to open thecampus in India. Every year, India spends $4 billionfor more than one lakh students studying abroad. Itis expected that with passing of this Bill, qualityeducation may be available at less than one third costin India, flow of students going abroad may belowered, research facilities will enhance etc. However,Universities are scare about the flight of talentedfaculties to these foreign campuses and thusaggravates their existing woes of inadequate qualityfaculties.

Future-Massive ExpansionGovt. has decided to enhance the gross enrolment

ratio (GER) from 50% to 75% in secondary education& from 11.4% to 20% by 2020 or 40% by 2040. Theimmediate target is GER of 12% by 2012(Fifth FiveYear Plan) & 15% by 2017 (Sixth Five Year plan).However, HRD Ministry has set an ambitious targetto achieve 30 per cent GER in higher education by2020.

GER) [participation in higher education by 18-24years population] is 40% for U.K., 60% for USA, (20%)for China and global average is 23%.

In India, there is a wide difference in GER in thestates, areas- urban (28%), rural (8%); gender-male (11%), female (8%); society- S.C. (7%), S.T. (4.6%);etc.

Govt. has emphasized on the need for a changein the pattern of education. The education should

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 13: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 99

be child-centric and not exam-centric. Govt. expectsthat the private sector to supplement it in creatingthe education infrastructure to meet the target of30 percent gross enrollment ratio by 2020. It willneed 800 new universities and 40,000 new colleges.

Let us learn & improve from the experience gainedin other sectors and country. Banks were nationalizedfirst time in 1969 & secondly in 1980. In order to extentthe benefits of the banking, expansion of the bankingespecially in rural area was undertaken in a majorway in first 15 years. Now, again under financialinclusion banks are expanding in rural areas. Onsimilar lines, we need to expand massively in theeducation sector. The role of the States is very vital.To quote another example the education institutionsexpanded in large number in USA on account of freeland given by the States to educational institutionspromoted by the Churches. They have raised thedonations & built the strong educational institutionsfor the benefit of the society. Here, we also needsimilar but fair, transparent & equitable policy bythe States in granting the free land to educational

institutions. One of the methods can be to allowfree land for one school for an institution havingcompleted 10 years, 2 for 20 years,…..5 for fifty yearsand so on.

Moreover, additional measures will include a moreprogressive policy to give the loans at low & simplerate of interest to build the educational infrastructureon the lines of Agriculture to schools, Colleges,Vocational /Skills Centers, Research Centers etc.other than Engineering, Medical, MBA, MCA &Pharmacists courses for a limited period of 15 years.

It is open secret that country having a large numberof skilled manpower & higher GER progresses fast.The ambition to achieve and maintain double digitgrowth in the economy can become a reality with thehelp of States and financial support in the form ofpolicy from the Finance Ministry to encourage thebanks to finance education infrastructure as prioritysector & set quantitative targets on the lines ofagriculture finance as well as to set up EducationalInfrastructure Bank for long term loans. Else it willremain a pipe dream! ❐

THE INSTITUTE OF COST & WORKS ACCOUNTANTS OF INDIA12, Sudder Street, Kolkata - 700 016

CANCELLATION OF REGISTRATION UNDER REGULATION 25(1) OF CWA ACT, 1959REGISTRATION NUMBERS CANCELLED

FOR JUNE-2011 EXAMINATION UPTO

ERS/002184, NRS/ 001793-2546,2601-3012 (except 3007,3008,3009),3101-3103,3141-3175SRS/ 007040, WRS/005094, RSW/ 077028, RAF/005848

RE-REGISTRATION

The students whose Registration Numbers have been cancelled (inclusive of the students registeredupto 31st December-2003) as above but desire to take the Institute’s Examination in June-2011 must applyfor DE-NOVO Registration and on being Registered DE-NOVO, Exemption from individual subject(s) atIntermediate/Final Examination of the Institute secured under their former Registration, if any, shallremain valid as per prevalent Rules.

For DE-NOVO Registration , a candidate shall have to apply to Director of Studies in prescribed Form(which can be had either from the Institute’s H.Q. at Kolkata or from the concerned Regional Offices onpayment of Rs.5/-) along with a remittance of Rs.2000/- only as Registration Fee through Demand Draftdrawn in favour of THE I C W A OF INDIA , payable at KOLKATA.

With Season’s Greetings.

Date : 21st December, 2010Arnab Chakraborty

Director of Studies

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 14: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011100

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Elementary Education at the CrossroadsMausumi Bhattacharyya*

Elementary education is the foundation on whichthe development of any nation hinges. Makingprimary education available to all the Indians has

become one of the major challenges for the government.Moreover, the quality of elementary educations hasbeen a major cause of worry for India. Elementaryeducation in India means eight years of schooling fromthe age of six. This has been made free and compulsoryfor every child in India. With a view to universalisingand improving quality of elementary education, theGovernment of India launched Sarva Shiksha Missionin 2001. The goal of universal education wascontemplated to be achieved with the communityparticipation through decentralized governance. Butachievement of this goal has still remained a distantdream. Against this backdrop this paper attempts toidentify the constraints to the expansion of literacy andprimary education in rural West Bengal.

Left Front government, after coming into powerin West Bengal, had promised to implement concreteand effective programmes including legislative andadministrative measures for eradicating illiteracy.There is no denying that there has been some progresstowards this end, while a large share is yet to becomepractical. According to 2001 Census, literacy rate inWest Bengal is 69%. By giving security practical to allits teachers and employees in educational institutionsand making substantial increase in their salary, thegovernment has addressed a major bottleneck.Besides, it has introduced several schemes such asmaking school education free, supplying free rationsof dry food and textbooks to the pupils at the primarylevel. All these efforts helped achieve a positiveprogress in primary education ordinally. But whenthe question of quality of education delivered comes,it really causes worry.

Bengal moves aheadIndia’s total literacy rate, as per 2001 Census, is

65.38%, while female literacy rate is 54.16%. Althoughliteracy in West Bengal is still far short of mass literacy,according to Census data, 77.6% of males and 60.2%of females were literate in 2001. The proportion ofliterates in the population in West Bengal has beenhigher than the corresponding figure for India at everypost-Independence Census after 1961. Figures fromNational Sample Survey show that in rural WestBengal, literacy is spreading steadily and at a fasterrate than the all-India average.

Literate persons in proportion to population (%)Year Male Female

West Bengal India West Bengal India1951 30.9 25.0 11.5 12.91961 40.3 34.3 17.0 12.91971 42.8 39.5 22.4 18.71981 50.7 46.7 30.3 24.91991 56.6 52.7 38.4 32.1

Source : Census of India, various volumes However, literacy rates continue to remain steeply

unequal across castes and communities in Bengal.Dalit and Adivasi women in West Bengal lag behindAdivasi women in other progressive states in respectof literacy, though West Bengal’s proportion showsslightly above the national average (Ramchandran etal, 2003).

Literate Dalits in proportion to total Dalitpopulation (%)Year Male Female

West Bengal India West Bengal India1961 10.4 17.0 00.6 03.31971 25.5 22.3 09.2 06.41981 34.3 30.9 13.7 10.81991 44.4 40.2 23.3 19.0

Source : Census of India, various volumesThe pitfalls of illiteracy include functional

handicap, intellectual deprivation, and socialdisadvantage. When large groups are systematicallyneglected, like girls—especially from economic andsocial underdog families, the social penalties aregigantic. The main causes of our uneven and highlyunequal educational system are not technologicalunderdevelopment but political and social neglect(Sen, 2007).

The Pratichi Trust experienceThe Pratichi Trust was set up by Amartya Sen in

1998 for the development of primary education, healthand empowerment of women. In the first PratichiTrust Report 2002, Amartya Sen suggested radicalreforms in the state primary education which,

* Sr. Lecturer in Commerce, Serampore College,Hooghly, W.B.

Page 15: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 101

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

according to him, is plagued by deep chasm amongstthe students and a high rate of absenteeism by bothstudents and teachers. Based on findings in sixdistricts, the Pratichi report says the “overarchingneed is to overcome the rigid barriers of classdivision that blight the basic rights of children” fromeco-nomically and socially disadvantagedbackgrounds. Absenteeism was 75 per cent in schoolsmeant for Dalits or the lowest Hindu caste children.It was 33 per cent in other schools (The Peninsula,2009). The Report also suggested giving cooked mid-day meal instead of uncooked rice or food ingredients.Sen emphasised on cooked meal for the schoolchildren as a measure to ensure minimum nutritionand also to reduce gender discrimination at home.According to Sen, if uncooked rice is given to thechildren, it will go to feed the male members of thepoor households. In that case, girls will be deprivedof their meal (Rana, 2010). Extreme poverty coupledwith the age-old social practice of genderdiscrimination at different pockets of our countryvitiates the prospect of universal education to a largeextent.

In its survey, Pratichi Trust traced several issuesthat serve as a barrier to quality education. The issuesthat they locate in course of their survey do resemblemany other states in India. Hence, the issues need tobe viewed from broader socio-economic andpolitical perspectives. Particularly, the children ofsocially disadvantaged section of our society,namely scheduled castes and tribes and somereligious minority, suffer the most both in respectof accessibility and quality of education. Poorattendance of children in the schools was pointed bythe field workers as one of the biggest problems inprimary education. Failure on the part of the schoolsto create interest among the children about the lessonson the one hand and, on the other, the children’sinvolvement in economic activities or in sibling care,contributes to their absenteeism. Absenteeism amongthe primary teachers and lack of adequate supervisionfor checking absenteeism pose to be another majorproblem.

Dependence on private tuition has become acritical issue before the primary education system.West Bengal Government’s circular for banningprivate tuition by the school teachers has practicallyno effect so far primary as education in concerned.School kids do not necessarily take tuition from theirschool teachers; the parallel support to education isprovided by non-teachers also, where the state can

hardly impose a ban. The relatively well-off parents,who can afford a private tutor, get the parallel supportand lead to a class difference within the walls ofprimary schools. The economically disadvantagechildren, who cannot afford a parallel support, suffermanifold. Such children are found trapped in avicious cycle of deprivation. They can neither graspwhat is taught in the school, nor can their unletteredparents give them the required assistance; and, at thesame time, they are neglected by the teachers in theschool as they perform worse than those takingtuitions. Thus, underprivileged children arediscriminated against and are left out of theschooling system. This, according to Amartya Sen, isnot only the losses of opportunities that a childcould get, but also a massive waste of talents, acharacteristic of the life in India. The dependence onprivate tuition has enlarged the class division amongthe masses and reduced the positive achievements ofLeft Front government in West Bengal (Rana, Das andRafique, 2003). Amartya Sen commented in theintroduction to the Pratichi Report I that “Freeeducation has ceased to be a right of all childrenparticularly because of the artificially generated needfor private tuition.”

Besides the class discrimination, genderdiscrimination appears to be another social evil whichis very much present in the West Bengal’s primaryeducation milieu. Most of the schools under surveyhave no female teachers. It has been reported by thefield workers that most of the girls, particularly thoseof class 3 and 4, do not find themselves comfortablewith the male teachers. Again, teachers share aperception that girls are less intelligent than the boys.To add to the woes of the girls, most of the primaryschools have no toilet.

Medium of instruction in schools also pose aserious barrier to effective communication betweenthe teachers and the students (Jha, 2003). For instance,in the schools having children speaking Santali andother tribal languages, students often complain thatthey do not understand what their teachers say. Theteachers are found to be indifferent to their inabilityto communicate in the students’ dialect. Thus, themutual incomprehension leaves the teaching-learningprocess at jeopardy.

The second set of studies conducted by PratichiTrust in 2008-09, in the same districts as in the firstphase, offers some recommendations for theenhancement of primary education in the region. Itemphasised the need for working together with the

Page 16: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011102

teachers’ unions to advance the role and effectivenessof school teachers, the importance and constructiveuse of parent-teacher committees and to reverse thedecay of the inspection system for schools amongothers. Besides stressing on providing moreeducational facilities in schools and Shishu ShikshaKendras, and prompt payment of salaries and makingother administrative improvements, the PratcihiReport II also stressed on the need for discouragingdependence on private tuition to supplementeducational arrangements, serving nutritional mid-day meal and filling vacant teacher posts in primaryschools. The report indicated that around 35% of theteacher posts in primary schools were lying vacant(Sen, 2009).

The review Report of the Pratichi Trustacknowledges that various incentive schemesintroduced by the Central government like middaymeal for the school-goers, grants for girls in the schoolshave definitely brought about a significant increasein the enrolment of students. Provision of middaymeal serves to address the nutritional issue ofpoverty. However, the progress has not been veryencouraging.

ConclusionCurrently, just 65 per cent of Indians have basic

literacy, and one-third of the world’s illiterates areIndian. Despite India’s claims to be focusing oneducation, the literacy rate is only increasing at a

sluggish 1.5 per cent per annum according to theNational Sample Survey. Literacy among men ishigher at 75 per cent, while just 54 percent of womencan read. The jumps in our literacy rate no waycommensurate with the country’s economic growthrate. No modern industrial nation has less than 80per cent literacy and, thus, to make India fully literateand to eliminate the gender bias in literacy must beour immediate priority goals.

Shortage of teachers, shortage of schools, poorteacher-student ratio, and poor infrastructurecontribute to dismal picture in primary education inIndia. But the qualitative deficiency in the delivery ofprimary education is a bigger handicap. To addressthis issue public participation in the primary educationis urgently needed. Parents and other consciousmembers of the society need to make activeintervention in the system and come forward toenquire about the teaching-learning process, progressmade by the students and difficulties faced by boththe teachers and students. The system of primaryschool education needs to be made flexible enough toarrange for supportive or additional teachingassistance to the deprived and alienated children ofunlettered parents. The complex interrelationshipsbetween class, caste, gender, ethnicity and otherdiscriminatory factors need to be given sensitiveconsideration so as to make the primary educationsystem an effective one. ❐

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

HEARTY CONGRATULATIONS

The Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of IndiaDistinguished ICON Awardees of the Year52nd National Cost Convention - 2011Mr. C. S. Verma, Chairman, Steel Authority of India Ltd.,Dr. H. P. Kumar, Chairman and M.D., National Small Industries Corporation Ltd.,Mr. Kewal Handa, M.D., Pfizer Ltd., India,Mr. G. Srinivasan, Chairman and M.D., United India Insurance Co. Ltd.,Mr. K Raghavandra Rao, Chairman cum M.D., Orchid Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals Ltd.,Ms. Chanda D. Kochhar, M.D. and CEO, ICICI Bank Ltd.,Mr. Partha S. Bhattacharyya, Chairman and M.D., Coal India Ltd.Please log on for details of the recipients of the Icon Awards, photographs of National CostConvention and its detail coverage on the website of the Institute —www.icwai.org

Page 17: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 103

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Transition to Higher Education — Progressive OverviewVipin Agrawal*

Dr. Vidhi Agrawal**

* FICWAI, ACS, MBA, M.Com, LLM, Assistant Dean— Research, Integrated Academy of Management andTechnology, Ghaziabad Uttar Pradesh — India

** M.Com, PhD, ACS, LLB, Assistant Professor, Ajay KumarGarg Institute of Management, Ghaziabad, UttarPradesh — India

1. Growth of Higher Education

The theme of higher knowledge and highereducation was fashioned in India by the ancientRishis and sages in the Vedic Age, the date of

which is uncertain but is supposed to be traceable togreat antiquity. The early Gurukul system of educationflourished in the Vedic and Upanishadic periods, buta huge University came to be set up at Takshashila inthe 6th century B.C. Two other universities—Nalandaand Vikramsila—were established in the 4th and 5thcenturies A.D., respectively.

India has had a long tradition of inquiry andarticulation of concepts of universe, self, role of state,economy, social order and other related matters. Themethodologies adopted were both subjective andobjective and included observation, conceptualization,verification, articulation and teaching. As a result,India had gone further in science than any othercountry before the modern era— specially inmathematics, astronomy and chemistry, metallurgyand physics. Indian scientists discovered andformulated and anticipated by force of reasoning orexperiment some of the scientific ideas and discoverieswhich Europe arrived at much later. Ancient Indiawas well equipped in surgery and its system ofmedicine survives to this day. A vast literature is alsoavailable on “Vriksha Ayurveda” (Herbal Medicine).In literature, in philosophy and in systems of yogicknowledge not only ancient India but medieval andmodern India reached highest levels of achievement.The higher education system flourished in ancientIndia well; and it continued to influence developmentsduring its subsequent ages, in spite of diverse formsthat developed under the impact of changes inreligion, and in social, economic and political life.

2. Beginnings of Modern Higher EducationThe modern higher education system is only 140

years old, when the first three universities were setup in 1857 under the British Rule. Policy guidelinesgiven by Macaulay and Wood’s Despatch (1854)shaped the scope and the role of universities in India.To begin with, colleges set up in India were affiliatedto British universities. In 1857, for the first time,universities were set up in India. Existing colleges gotaffiliated to these universities.

The period 1857 to 1947 was the period of slowdevelopment of institutions of higher education in

India. They were set up mostly in administrativeheadquarters and port towns. They providededucation in literature, history, philosophy, politicalscience, social science and natural sciences. The thrustof development was mainly on liberal arts education.Science education occupied a very small proportion.The rate of development was slow as in a period of90 years only 18 universities were set up in thecountry. Most of these followed the model of the threeleading universities at the then Bombay, Calcutta andMadras. Along with liberal arts, some engineering andmedical colleges were also set up. Most of the collegesimparted education as formulated by the universities.The universities also acted as examining and degreegranting bodies. The initiative in the hands of collegeteachers in terms of curriculum development was,therefore, very much limited.

Globalisation ImpactIntroduction of new economic reforms in the early

1990s in India required reforms in higher education.However, public expenditure on higher educationdeclined significantly (Kapur and Mehta, 2004). Thiscan be noted in the trends in per student expenditureon higher education. At 1993-94 prices, expenditurein higher education (overall) per student declinedfrom Rupees 7,676 in 1990-91 to Rupees 5,873 in 2001-02, a decline of nearly 25% points in the index (basedon Analysis of Budgeted Expenditure on Education,Tilak 2004, p. 2160). Another important developmentaffecting higher education was the Government ofIndia’s (1997) discussion paper on “GovernmentSubsidies in India,” where higher education wasclassified as a “non-merit” good that is, not deservinggovernment subsidies, like any other tradable servicewith profit as its primary motive.

Decline in governmental funding in highereducation led to a search for non-governmentalresources. On the bases of recommendations of expertcommittees, the government proposed the followingways of generating resources for higher education:raising the fee levels, consultancy and sale of otherservices by the institutions, introduction of self-

Page 18: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011104

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

financing courses by institutions and introduction ofstudent loans. The increasing demand for technicalmanpower led to the establishment of a number ofprivate institutes of higher education. A large numberof such private institutes were a result of theentrepreneurial activities of politicians and businessindividuals (Kapur and Mehta, 2004). The maximumimpact of these developments was seen in the case oftechnical and management education. The universitygrants for higher education in social sciences declinedconsiderably, as they could not be directly linked tomarket needs and increasing industrial growth. Thiswas the result of emergence of globalization, openmarkets, deregulation and privatization, and foreigninvestment and increased trade.

Expansion of Technical EducationThe number of Engineering Colleges and

Polytechnics (including Pharmacy and ArchitectureInstitutions) in 1947 was 44 and 43, respectively, withan intake capacity of 3,200 and 3,400 respectively.The expansion in technical education was promotedlargely by the private sector. As of 2004, there were 1,208engineering degree colleges, of which 968 were in theprivate sector, with a total sanctioned intake of over 0.36million students. According to the U.R. Rao CommitteeReport, Revitalizing Technical Education, submitted tothe Government of India in September 2003, the virtualexplosion in the number of technical institutions inIndia in the post-liberalization period has been fueledby speculative rather than real demands and exploitedby self-financing enterprises. The speculation is basedon the increasing role of information technology andsoftware related jobs, outsourcing of jobs to India andsetting up of multinational corporations. The growthof Technical Education before independence in thecountry has been very slow.

Engineering continues to be the most coveted under-graduate qualification. But its relevance to the growthof industry in India needs a comprehensive analysis.

However, the increase in the demand for technicalmanpower and engineering education (UniversityGrants Commission 1996, 1998) was in response tothe global market trends in employment rather thanlocal industrial needs, and even that was mainly ininformation and communication technology (ICT) andsoftware-related fields, not in the manufacturing orprimary sector. Employment growth has beenseriously lagging behind output growth. India’s policyof deregulation of the economy has led to an increasein output and productivity (GDP), but thecorresponding job growth has been very low,indicating low employment elasticity in the industrialmanufacturing sector (Mazumdar 2003, Mazumdarand Sarkar 2004).

The U.R. Rao report observes that employment inthe primary sector has been declining steadily eventhough the contribution of the sector to the GrossDomestic Product (GDP) has increased (Manufac-turing Sector in 2007—10.7%). The growth of thetraditional sector of manufacturing in recent yearshas failed to contribute significantly to employmentin India. Employment opportunities have shifted toknowledge-intensive service sectors, necessitating therestructuring of the educational programs; this hasbeen quickly exploited by private enterprise. As aresult, this trend has contributed to marked disparitiesin cost, quality, availability, region, and sector-wisegrowth of technical higher education (Sahni and Kale2004).

Table 2Growth of Technical Education Institutions since 1950

Year/ 1990 1995 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003Programme

Degree 337 375 471 558 662 776 838 1,057 1,208(Engineering)

Degree 128 164 184 197 230 237 274 294(Pharmacy)

Degree 91 94 93 93 103 107 107 108 (Arch.)

Degree 7 12 22 28 36 38 40 43(HMCT)

MBA 312 508 584 647 712 749 819 930

MCA 146 224 310 494 553 865 1006Source1. Technical Education in Independent India 1947-19972. The All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE)Annual Reports

Table 1Growth of Degree/Diploma Institutions and

Sanctioned Intake inEngineering in Post-independence Era

Year Degree DiplomaNo. of Institutions Intake No. of Institutions Intake

1950 50 3,700 48 4,2001960 110 16,000 195 26,5001970 145 18,200 309 43,5001980 158 28,500 332 49,2001990 337 66,600 879 1,22,0002000 778 185,758 1,215 2,11,8942003 1,208 3,59,721 1,197 2,42,698

Source 1. Technical Education in Independent India 1947-19972. The All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE)Annual Reports

Page 19: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 105

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Due to efforts and initiatives taken duringsuccessive Five Year Plans and particularly due topolicy changes in the eighties to allow participationof Private and Voluntary Organizations in the settingup of Technical Institutions on self-financing basis,the growth of Technical Education has beenphenomenal :

Table 3Growth of Different Programs in Technical EducationYear Engnee- Manage- MCA Phar- Archi- HMCT Total Added

ring ment macy tecture in year

2005-06 1475 1888 1576 629 118 70 5756 383

2006-07 151 2031 1619 665 116 64 6006 250

2007-08 1668 2062 1642 854 116 81 6423 417

2008-09 2388 2734 1768 1021 116 87 8114 1691

2009-10 2942 3482 1888 1054 106 93 9565 1451

2010-11 3241 3858 1937 1102 125 101 10364 799

Source : The All India Council for Technical Education (AICTE)Annual Reports

Table 4Growth of Seats in Different Programs in

Technical InstitutionsYear Engnee- Manage- MCA Phar- Archite- HMCT Total Added

ring ment macy ture in year

2005-06 499697 122663 61991 32708 4379 4435 725873 40691

2006-07 550986 144372 63394 39517 4543 4242 807054 81181

2007-08 653290 185780 78692 52334 4543 5275 979914 182860

2008-09 840018 227989 82578 64211 4543 5794 1226133 246219

2009-10 1071896 273732 121123 72836 4133 6387 1550107 323974

2010-11 1324246 378907 135173 103867 4933 7061 1954482 404375

Source: The All India Council for Technical Education(AICTE) Annual Reports

3. Public-Private-Partnership (PPP)At present there are private (self-financing)

colleges affiliated to universities, private deemeduniversities and private universities through whichprivate investment can be routed. To attract privateinvestment, it is necessary that regulatory barriers areminimized. Another way to attract private investmentcould be to allow the entry of foreign universitiesthrough the enabling laws. Although 100% ForeignDirect Investment is permitted in education sector,the present regulations are not conducive to it. Thereis also restriction for ‘profit investment’ in education.It is expected that the Foreign Educational Institutions(Regulation of Entry and Operations) Bill, 2010, willbe a way forward in providing the necessary enablingenvironment for such in India. Another area in which

private investment can be promoted relates to theindustry academia partnership, particularly intechnical institutions.

Private investment can be promoted throughPublic-Private-Partnership (PPP). Multiple sources offinancing needs to be exploited to bridge theinvestment gap in secondary and higher education.In order to diversify the funding resource for highereducation, loans in different forms are being practicedall over the world. During the Eleventh Five Year Plan(2007-2011), a sum of Rs. 4,000 crore has been allocatedfor providing an interest subsidy to loans taken bystudents belonging to weaker sections. Scholarshipsin higher education have great potential for promotingequity in higher education, as a large proportion ofscholarship is meant for weaker sections. To giveemphasis on scholarship, Eleventh Plan has allocateda sum of Rs. 600 crore for Merit cum-MeansScholarship for Professional and Technical Courses.Pre-Matric and Post-Matric scholarship to minoritiesare new centrally sponsored schemes under EleventhPlan. Scholarships to colleges/universities studentsinclude :

● Effective fellowship programmes and subs-tantial increase in coverage of PhD researchstudents under Junior Research Fellowship(JRF).

● Encourage NET qualified and PhD students totake to research as a career and for creation ofintellectual property.

● Establish interlink of research faculty withresearch students in universities by offeringresearch fellowships.

4. Progressive OverviewAt present there are 504 universities and

university-level institutions—243 state universities, 53state private universities, 40 Central universities, 130institutions deemed to be universities, 33 institutionsof national importance established under Acts ofParliament, 5 Institutions established under variousState legislations. There are 25,951 colleges includingapproximately 2,565 women’s colleges. At thebeginning of the academic year 2009-10, the totalnumber of students enrolled in the universities andcolleges has been reported at 136.42 lakhs – 16.69 lakhs(12.24%) in university departments and 119.73 lakhs(87.76%) in affiliated colleges. The enrolment ofwomen students was 65.49 lakhs constituting 41.40%of the total enrolment. The number of doctoral degreesawarded in 2007-08 was 13,237. The regular faculty

Page 20: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011106

strength in universities was 0.90 lakhs and 4.98 lakhsin colleges, totaling 5.89 lakhs at the beginning of 2009-10. There are 66 Academic Staff Colleges engaged infaculty training. With respect to technical education,intake is 14,09,742 students at degree level in 7,272institutions and 5, 08,157 students at diploma level in2324 institutions. Enrolment in Open & Distancelearning is approximately 3 million—NationalAssessment and Accreditation.

Table 5Establishment of New Central Higher

Education InstitutionsSl. Types of NumbersNo. Institutions

Existing at the end of Additional Institutions10th Plan (31.03.2007) proposed to be established

during 11th Plan (2007-2012)

1 Central 19 16 (in uncovered states) &Universities 14 innovation Universities*

2 IITs 07 08

3 NITs 20 10

4 IIITs 04 20

5 IISERs 02 03

6 IIMs 06 07

7 SPAs 01 02

*14 innovation Universities aiming at World Class standardsare proposed across 11th and 12th Plan Period.

Table 6Progress overview during 2009-10

Indicators Higher and ProfessionalEducation Level Achievements

Enrolment in Universities 136.42 lakkhs of which 16.69 lakhs (12.24%) and Colleges in universities departments and 119.73 lakhs

(87.76%) in affiliated collegesEnrolment in distance 30 lakhs

learningEnrolment of Women 65.49 lakhs

Intake in Technical 14.10 lakhs in degree and 5.09 lakhsEducation in diploma

Institutions in Technical 7,272 degree level institutions andEducation 2,324 diploma level institutions

Number of Universities 504Number of Colleges 25,951

Faculty 5.89 lakhsAcademic Staff Colleges 66

National Assessment and As on March 2010, assessed 4,094 collegesAccreditation Council and 159 universities

India now has around 2,000 management schools,including the IIMs. Yale University, counted among

the Ivy League universities of the US, is keen tostrengthen its links with India’s reforming highereducation system. The university recently signedagreements with the Indian Institute of Management(IIM), Kozhikode, and the Indian Institute ofTechnology (IIT), Kanpur, to set up centres ofexcellence in academic leadership. In an interview,university president Richard C. Levin, an economistwith specialization in Asia, said during his visit toIndia that while better ties with top US varsities willhelp, India should focus on attracting privatesector investment in education. Indian highereducation is on a reform path. While the governmentmay soon allow foreign varsities to set up campuseshere, a number of Indian institutes are also goingabroad.

The higher education sector needs to grow toaccommodate a larger fraction of India’s population.It should have more quality institutions of world-classlevel than what India has right now. That’s where twoof the initiatives—foreign universities and theinnovation universities—come into play. LeadingIndian institutes are good at teaching but they are notresearch-oriented.

The IITs and IIMs are basically good teachinginstitutions. The biggest contribution made byresearch universities is that they have advancedknowledge as well as educate quality students. Therequisite for making that happen is, one, opening upthe structure of faculty compensation so that you canactually attract world-class individuals.

Harvard Business School is expanding itsexecutive education offerings in India to meet thegrowing demand for management instruction there.The school has rapidly expanded overseas in the lastfour years, focusing on China, India and Europe.China has seen the quickest growth. Earlier this year,Harvard Business School formally opened a newcenter in Shanghai, complete with classroomsdesigned to mimic Harvard’s Boston campus.Harvard has had a trickier time in India. It foundstrong demand at low price levels, but companieshave resisted paying the same prices Harvard chargesin the U.S.

In October, 2010 the Tata Group, an Indianconglomerate, said it would give Harvard $50 millionto build a new residence hall to house executiveeducation students.

ConclusionsIn the field of technical education, institutional

collaborations have played a significant role,

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Contd. to page 113

Page 21: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 107

Education for Sustainable Development : A Desideratumfor Meeting Planetary Emergency

Dr. Sujit Kumar Roy*

* Associate Professor of Accountancy, Goenka Collegeof Commerce & Business Administration, 210, B.B.Ganguly Street. Kolkata-700012

Introduction

At the end of the fifteenth round of theConference of the Parties (COP15) atCopenhagen in December 2009, it became

almost certain that the global community meeting atthe climate change summit is not ready for anythingthat would resemble an agreement on such a vitalissue. No wonder that the next round of the climatechange summit, and the most recent one, COP16, atCancún was a déjà vu. At Copenhagen, amidst noisyrecriminations of both the developed and developingnations it became almost certain that the roadmapagreed upon at the COP13 at Bali in 2007 would beabandoned. At Bali it was decided that the globalcommunity has a “common but differentiated”responsibility for climate change. That the developednations have historic responsibility for their emissionsof CO2 also transpired from the fact that they havegrossly over occupied the global carbon space; it isan established fact that since 1850 their emissions haveamounted to almost 74% of the carbon stock due tofossil fuels in the atmosphere. Even if 1970 is reckonedas a base, the developed nations’ share of carbonemission would account for 65% of the globalemissions of CO2 in the atmosphere.

However, at Copenhagen US President BarackObama provided lip-service to the cause of climatechange, but actually paved way for a new configura-tion for the climate change negotiations. There wasnew terminology like “Advanced Developed Nations”to mean China, India (notwithstanding the fact that74% of the Indian population earns less than $2 perday) and Brazil, who were asked to shoulder legallybinding responsibility for their emissions, while theirpoorer counterparts were baited with uncertainpromise of international succour for transition to CO2compliant regime (Khor, 2009).

Now, at Cancún we see that the USA, one of thebiggest emitters of carbon dioxide, has completelywashed out its hand from their responsibility (whichthey vowed to never fulfil). In tandem, Japan, Canada,Russia and Australia also echoed their voice to climbdown from their Kyoto commitment by refusing toendorse the second phase of the Kyoto protocol,supposed to be started from 2013. Thus, the story ofclimate change summits to date is nothing but ‘greatescape’ by the developed countries through continued

attempts to shift the burden of responsibility todeveloped countries. Indeed, the climate changedebates in the international forums involved not onlyscience, but also swath of opinions involving justiceand equity, and above all, the rights of the poor. So,after yet another failure at Cancún to clinch a climate-friendly and equitable deal, we have no option but tobide our time in expectation of some concrete actionsin the next round of the COP17 at South Africa or inthe next one following the next somewhere else.

A planetary emergencyHowever, what is most alarming in the entire

diplomatic subtlety of the global community is thesimple fact that planet Earth is terminally-ill and itmay not adhere to such diplomatic time-table beforesuccumbing to its wounds. Indeed, the scientificconsensus is clear: human induced climate changeposes a huge threat to our world. For example, overthe past century, the Earth has warmed by about0.75°C, and the underlying rate of warming is stillaccelerating. Since the mid-1970s, global temperatureshave increased at an average of 0.15°C per decadeand in some part of the world it increased by 1°C.Global sea levels have already risen by 10 centimetresduring the last 50 years, as land ice has melted andoceans have warmed; there are signs that the rate ofincrease is accelerating. The main greenhouse gasresponsible for recent climate change is carbon dioxide(CO2) and levels in the atmosphere have risen by 40%since the industrial revolution. Such high levels havenot been experienced on earth for at least 800,000 yearsand in all likelihood not for the last 35 million years(Department of Energy and Climate Change 2009).

The possible consequences of such climaticvicissitude, according to the Fourth AssessmentReport (AR4) of the Intergovernmental Panel onClimate Change (IPCC 2007), which was the result ofwork of 152 scientists from 152 countries andreviewed by 600 experts, are :

1. Possible disappearance of sea ice by the latterpart of the 21st century.

2. Increase in frequency of hot extremes, heatwaves and heavy precipitation.

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 22: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011108

3. Increase in tropical cyclone intensity so muchthat Maldives Islands, several other small island statesand low lying coastal nations like Bangladesh withland surface barely a metre or two above sea level,would find that every storm leaves a serious trail ofdestruction of life and property.

4. Decrease in water resources due to climatechange in many semi-arid areas, such as theMediterranean Basin, western United States, southernAfrica and north-eastern Brazil.

5. Possible elimination of the Greenland ice sheetand a resulting contribution to sea level rise of about7 metres.

6. Approximately 20 to 30% of species assessed sofar being at increased risk of extinction if increases inglobal average warming exceed 1.5 to 2.50 C.

7. Climate change is expected to exacerbate currentstresses on water resources from population growthand economic and land use change, includingurbanization. Available research suggests a significantfuture increase in heavy rainfall events in manyregions, including some in which the mean rainfall isprojected to decrease. The resulting flood risk poseschallenges to society, physical infrastructure andwater quality. It is likely that 20% of the worldpopulation, which as a fraction could exceed twobillion people, will live in areas where river floodpotential could increase by the 2080s. In Africa, by2020, between 75 and 250 million people are projectedto be exposed to water stress due to climate change,and in some countries on that continent yields fromrain-fed agriculture could be reduced by up to 50%.

The Fourth Assessment Report of the IPCC is indeedreplete with such nerve-chilling admonitions aboutwhat could happen if global temperature rise is notcontained immediately. The objective of this paper isnot to explain the reasons for the successive failures ofclimate change talks. Rather this paper addresses oneof its root causes – the failure of sustainable deve-lopment itself and points out that it is not the nuancedlanguages of diplomacy but education for sustainabledevelopment that holds some promise to reverse thisdisastrous course of climate change (See box).

A Brief History of Climate Change● 1800 — World population reaches one billion● 1886 — Karl Benz unveils the Motorwagen, often

regarded as the first true automobile.● 1927 — Carbon emissions from fossil fuel burning

and industry reach one billion tonnes per year● 1930 — Human population reaches two billion.● 1960 — Human population reaches three billion● 1965— US President’s Advisory Committee panel

warns that the greenhouse effect is a matter of“real concern”.

● 1972 —First UN environment conference, inStockholm. Climate change hardly registers on theagenda, which centres on issues such as chemicalpollution, atomic bomb testing and whaling. TheUnited Nations Environment Programme (UNEP)is formed as a result.

● 1975 — Human population reaches four billion.● 1975 — US scientist Wallace Broecker puts the

term “global warming” into the public domain inthe title of a scientific paper.

● 1987 — Human population reaches five billion.● 1987 — Montreal Protocol agreed, restricting

chemicals that damage the ozone layer. Althoughnot established with climate change in mind, ithas had a greater impact on green-house gasemissions than the Kyoto Protocol.

● 1988 — Intergovernmental Panel on ClimateChange (IPCC) formed to collate and assessevidence on climate change.

● 1989 — UK Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher -possessor of a chemistry degree - warns in a speechto the UN that “We are seeing a vast increase in theamount of carbon dioxide reaching theatmosphere... The result is that change in future islikely to be more fundamental and more wide-spread than anything we have known hitherto.”She calls for a global treaty on climate change.

● 1989 — Carbon emissions from fossil fuel burningand industry reach six billion tonnes per year.

● 1990 — IPCC produces First Assessment Report.It concludes that temperatures have risen by 0.3-0.6C over the last century, that humanity’semissions are adding to the atmosphere’s naturalcomplement of greenhouse gases, and that theaddition would be expected to result in warming.

● 1992 — At the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro,governments agree the United FrameworkConvention on Climate Change. Its key objectiveis “stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrationsin the atmosphere at a level that would preventdangerous anthropogenic interference with theclimate system”. Developed countries agree toreturn their emissions to 1990 levels.

● 1995 — IPCC Second Assessment Reportconcludes that the balance of evidence suggests“a discernible human influence” on the Earth’sclimate. This has been called the first definitivestatement that humans are responsible for climatechange.

● 1997 — Kyoto Protocol agreed. Developed nationspledge to reduce emissions by an average of 5%by the period 2008-2012, with wide variations on

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 23: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 109

targets for individual countries. US Senateimmediately declares it will not ratify the treaty.

● 1998 — Publication of the controversial “hockeystick” graph indicating that modern-daytemperature rise in the northern hemisphere isunusual compared with the last 1,000 years. Thework would later be the subject of two enquiriesinstigated by the US Congress.

● 1999 — Human population reaches six billion.● 2001 — President George W Bush removes the

US from the Kyoto process.● 2001 — IPCC Third Assessment Report finds “new

and stronger evidence” that humanity’s emissionsof greenhouse gases are the main cause of thewarming seen in the second half of the 20thCentury.

● 2005 — The Kyoto Protocol becomes inter-nationallaw for those countries still inside it.

● 2006 — The Stern Review concludes that climatechange could damage global GDP by up to 20% ifleft unchecked - but curbing it would cost about1% of global GDP.

● 2006 — Carbon emissions from fossil fuel burningand industry reach eight billion tonnes per year.

● 2007 — The IPCC’s Fourth Assessment Reportconcludes it is more than 90% likely thathumanity’s emissions of greenhouse gases areresponsible for modern-day climate change.

● 2007 — At UN negotiations in Bali, govern-mentsagree the two-year “Bali roadmap” aimed athammering out a new global treaty by the end of2009.

● 2008 — Half a century after beginning observa-tions at Mauna Loa, the Keeling project shows thatCO2 concentrations have risen from 315 parts permillion (ppm) in 1958 to 380ppm in 2008.

● 2008 — two months before taking office, incomingUS president Barack Obama pledges to “engagevigorously” with the rest of the world on climatechange.

● 2009 — China overtakes the US as the world’sbiggest greenhouse gas emitter - although the USremains well ahead on a per-capita basis.

● 2009 — 192 governments convene for the UNclimate summit in Copenhagen.

● 2010 — 194 governments convene for the UNclimate summit in Cancún, Mexico.

● 2011 — COP17 scheduled to be held in SouthAfrica.

Source : compiled from bbc.co.uk.

Sustainable development mired into bog-holeIt is lamentable that two and a half decades after

the publication of the Our Common Future (WCED

1987), the Report of the World Commission onEnvironment and Development (also known as theBrundtland Commission Report) that emphasized theurgency of sustainable development, environmentaldegradation continues to threaten all aspects of humanwell-being including health, physical security andsocial cohesion. Couple of years previously, the SternReview on the “Economics of Climate Change”,published at the behest of the British Government,have also sounded red alert that an average globaltemperature increase of only 1o – 2o centigrade abovethe pre-industrial level would commit 15 – 40% thespecies of the planet to extinction. With a 3o increasein the temperature, as these reports said, it wouldentail extinction of 20 – 50 % of species (including 25– 60% mammals, 30 – 40% birds and 15 – 70%butterflies in South Africa). Any further rise in theglobal temperature would lead to a catastrophe farbeyond human experience, e.g. many low-lyingcoastal areas and some major cities like London, NewYork and Tokyo would disappear into the sea.

In the history of environmental movementspanning nearly five decades, sustainable develop-ment has emerged as the most widely used slogan.The magic-spell of the term sustainable developmenthas brought together the two diametrically oppositeenvironmental lobbying groups of the North and theSouth together. It has brought together capitalists,socialists, economists, philosophers, the rich and thepoor under one roof without ever asking the questionabout where they were going. Can it take both therich and the poor to the same destination? Perhaps itis too divisive a question to be answered. But failingto answer to this question has led the world to take adeceptively easy path that has meandered into ashorrific a dead-end as the one in Copenhagen andCancún.

Is sustainable development a pretentious jargon?The critiques of the concept of sustainable developmentare in fact many and in view of the post-Brundtlanddiversification of meanings (as much as seventy innumber: See Trzyna 1995) the concept has been likenedto a “Trojan Horse — to denote the hollowness of theconcept that renders it to be filled up with the intentionsof its interpreters. Notwith-standing its polemics, theconcept of sustainable development received a rude joltby the most blatant disavowal when in the wake of the1992 Earth Summit at Rio de Janeiro the president ofthe most powerful nation on the earth proclaimed that‘American lifestyle was not negotiable’ for anything ifit meant com-promising with the richest nation’sostentatious way of life (Buckallew 2005). In keepingwith the tradition, his son, when he became thepresident, had enounced that the American way of life

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 24: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011110

was a blessed one (Noah 2001)! Thus, while theinsatiable greed of the rich for more and more materialgoods has been creating a never ending flow of garbageand pollution in the form of solid wastes, acid rains,carbon dioxide concentration, ozone depletion andnumerous health hazards, it is, on the other hand, thequestion of survival and fulfilling the minimum needsof life and human dignity to the millions of poor of theThird World who have been forced to ravage theenvironment for their daily survival.

Apropos, when in the august body of theStockholm Conference (1972) Indira Gandhi said,‘’Isn’t poverty the greatest polluter?”, she was notusing any metaphor, but was telling about the harshrealities of life in the Third World countries. Amidsuch widening disparity between the economicallydominant North and the hapless, poor South, is thereany way to rescue sustainable development out of thebog hole? How can we talk of inter-generational equitycontemplated in the oft-quoted definition ofsustainable development without achieving intra-generational equity first? The United States of Americawith only 5 percent of the world population consumesmore than 25 percent of the global resources; it is alsoone of the largest emitters of carbon dioxide – about18 percent of the world emission. By some estimates,three American companies’ —ExxonMobil, Shell andBP — products account for about 15% of globalenergy-related emissions over their full lifecycle.

Education for life : life through educationThere is no doubt that sustainable development

has been the most hackneyed expression of the 20thcentury. It has not been able to address the basic issuedraised in the first UNEP-sponsored Conference onEnvironment at Stockholm in 1972. But if we are torealise the basic tenet of the Conference that there isonly “One Earth”, we must strive to develop a worldpopulation that is aware of and concerned about thetotal environment and its associated problems, andwhich has the knowledge, attitudes, motivations,commitments, and skills to work individually andcollectively toward solutions of current problems andthe prevention of new ones. To be precise, this wasthe essence of the Tbilisi Declaration, which happenedto be the first International Conference onEnvironmental Education under the aegis of theUNESCO and UNEP in 1977 at the capital city ofGeorgia. Since then this conference has been heldevery ten years: in Moscow in 1987; in Thessaloniki(Greece) in 1997; and the most recent one inAhmedabad in 2007.

The Ahmedabad Conference declaration, titled‘Ahmedabad Declaration 2007: A Call to Action’,encapsulated the spirit of the conference in education

for life; life through education. The AhmedabadConference underscored the point that educationprocesses were integral to meeting the transformationof developing alternative models and visions for asustainable future.

The Tbilisi Conference had underpinned thepurpose as well as the form and content ofenvironmental education to:

— consider the environment in its totality—naturaland built, technological and social (economic, political,cultural, historical, moral and aesthetic);

— be a continuous, lifelong process, beginning atthe pre-school level and continuing through all formaland non-formal stages;

— be interdisciplinary in its approach, drawingon the specific content of each discipline in makingpossible a holistic and balanced perspective.

But most importantly, the Tbilisi Conference hadunderscored the need for a holistic approach so as toshow the economic, political, and ecologicalinterdependence of the modern world in whichdecisions and actions by different countries can haveinternational repercussions. Environmental educationshould, in this regard, help to develop a sense ofshared responsibility and solidarity among countriesand regions as the foundation for a new internationalorder which will guarantee the conservation andimprovement of the environment (UNESCO/UNEP1977).

Incidentally, the decade 2005-2014 has beenearmarked by the United Nations as the Decade ofEducation for Sustainable Development (DESD). Whilelaunching the programme, the Director-General ofUNESCO, Koïchiro Matsuura in New York on 1 March,2005 had epitomized the purpose of environmentaleducation: “The ultimate goal of the Decade is thateducation for sustainable development must be morethan just a slogan. It must be a concrete reality for allof us — individuals, organization, governments — inall our daily decisions and actions, so as to promise asustainable planet and a safer world to our children,our grandchildren and their descendants. Theprinciples of sustainable develop-ment must findthemselves in children’s schooling, higher education,non-formal education and community-based learningactivities. This means that education will have to changeso that it addresses the social, economic, culturaland environmental problems that we face in the 21stcentury” (Matsuura, nd).

The aforesaid goals of environmental educationhave also been endorsed by the Working GroupReport of the 4th International Conference onEnvironmental Education, titled “Re-orienting formaleducation towards ESD”, but it also suggested that,

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 25: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 111

“education for sustainable development is educationthat seeks to balance human and economic well-beingwith cultural traditions and respect for the earth’snatural resources. With such mandate, education forsustainable development is not a subject to teach, butrather a perspective that cuts across many subjects. Italso means that education must be of high quality,not merely passing on knowledge but changing theway people think” (ICEE 2007).

Environmental Education : How India measure upGiven India’s current rate of development and its

widespread poverty (India is the home to highestnumber of poor in the world), it needs to grow evenfaster. But rapid economic growth can also intensifyenvironmental degradation unless it is buttressed byappropriate environmental education at all levels. Buthow does India really measure up in this regard? Astudy made in the recent past titled, “2005 Environ-mental Sustainability Index: Benchmarking NationalEnvironmental Stewardship” by a team of environ-mental experts from Yale and Columbia Universities(World Economic Forum 2005) shows that India hasranked a disappointing 101st rank out the 146countries analyzed in the report. Probably nodescription of India will be more apposite than acrouching tiger in the pollution jungle fighting for adubious position with a dragon, China, which hasbeen ranked 133rd with a sustainability index of 38.6compared to India’s 45.2. As far as environmentaleducation is concerned, India does not have a veryexcellent track record either.

For a vast country like India, arrangingenvironmental education is not only a challengingtask, but it appears to be almost impossible in view ofthe fact that over 40 percent of the population livebelow what is described by the United Nations asabsolute poverty and a vast majority of the Indianscannot be provided with elementary education.Needless to say that for a resource poor countryenvironmental education cannot get precedence overpoverty alleviation programme and elementaryeducation.

However, in India various proposals have beenmooted for inclusion of environmental education inthe academic curriculums of the students from theelementary level to the post-graduate levels. But suchan effort is fraught with many a stumbling block. Forexample, school education in India is a state subjectso that a uniform curriculum is difficult to achieve,notwithstanding the efforts of the NCERT and similarorganisations. In the case of higher education, it is ajoint responsibility of the states and the centre, but

subjected to overall supervision of the UniversityGrants Commission. The UGC has provided for a“model syllabus” for degree level, but no suchprovision has been made for post-graduate level.

It may be pointed out that, so far whatever effortsfor introduction of environmental education may havebeen taken in India, it is largely owing to the laudableeffort of India’s best known environmental activistand lawyer Mr MC Mehta who had filed a writpetition before the Supreme Court (Writ Petition #860 of 1991). The result of the Writ Petition is theSupreme Court’s decree for compulsory introductionof environmental education at the school and collegelevel from the academic session 2004-2005, where ithas not already been implemented. But Mr Mehta aswell as the Supreme Court should know that thepurpose of the directives issued by the Court has beendefeated by and large because of the perfunctoryinterest in which it has been implemented both bythe UGC and the concerned universities. The flaws inthe syllabus are so glaring that, two important pillarsof sustainable development within its generallyaccepted meaning – the economic and socialdimensions — are conspicuous by their absence.Students’ evaluation, teachers’ training, implemen-tation strategies and overall monitoring by theuniversities are some other issues that deserve seriousconsiderations, if environmental education is to serveany purpose at all.

A bigger picture of environmental educationIn India, it took Environmental Education nearly

three decades to carve a niche in the mainstreameducation and educational policies in its presentrudimentary form; and it is still vying for attention withother pressing issues like inclusive growth andinclusive education. But this is only a false dichotomy;Education for Sustainable Development subsumeseducation for poverty alleviation, human rights,gender equality, cultural diversity, internationalunderstanding, peace and many more emergent issues.If we are to integrate the principles, values, andpractices of sustainable development into all aspects ofeducation and learning, we cannot afford to bypass thatbigger picture of environmental education. A holisticapproach to environmental education requires spacein the university’s mainstream curriculum for thedevelopments which have gained grounds in the post-Rio era of environmentalism that is generallyrecognized as the era of environmental managerialism.In consequence, subjects like EnvironmentalAccounting, Environmental Law and EnvironmentalManagement have appeared as the legitimate areas of

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 26: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011112

academic enquiry in the leading universities of Americaand Europe. Regarding the developments in the fieldof Environmental Economics, the opening lines ofMaurine L Cooper and Wallace E Oates’s (1992) article“Environmental Economics: A Survey”, reveal it all.The article, a treasure trove for the students ofEnvironmental Economics, started with the followinglines: “When environmental revolution arrived in thelate 1960s, the economics profession was ready andwaiting….with a straightforward set of policyimplications”. Unlike other subjects, the developmentsin Environmental Economics in the last four decadeshave firmly placed it in its own soil. The other academicdevelopments in this area include :

Ecocriticism or green studies : Ecocriticism orGreen Studies may be defined as the study of therelationship between literature and physicalenvironment. Both in the USA and the UK in the early1990s Ecocriticism appeared as an emergent literarymovement and publications like Harold Fromm’s(1996) collection of essays entitled The EcocriticismReader: Landmarks in Literary Ecology, JonathanBate’s (1991) Romantic Ecology: Wordsworth andEnvironmental Traditions were harbingers of a newliterary tradition.

Environmental history : If the purpose of history isdocumentation of the glory and folly or the trials andtribulations of the people who inhibited the earth beforeus, then historian Clive Ponting (1991) has definitelymade a strong point for the study of environmentalhistory. In his celebrated work, A Green History of theWorld, subtitled, The Environ-ment and The Collapseof Great Civilisations, Ponting shows appositely whathappens if man enters into hostile relationship withnature: Roman Empire, ever expanding in populationand ever evolving in technological complexities, finallyexhausted its bountiful natural resources andexperienced ecological breakdown that doomed thesociety. Ponting shows how the story is repeatedthroughout the history – from the Inca Civilization tothe Indus Valley Civilisation of Harappa and Mohenjo-Daro. But if history is also about sharing the wisdomof the contemporary world, then Judith Shapiro (2001)has said it all in her authoritative book, Mao’s WarAgainst Nature. Shapiro shows that when Mao Zedongcame to power, China had around 23 large andmedium-sized dams. But by 1980, China had built morethan 80,000 dams, of which 2,976 dams had collapsedby 1980. In one incident, the 1975 Shimonton dam break,Chinese environmentalists estimated that as many as2,30,000 people had died. We have similar experiencein India: the recent flooding of Kosi River has a toll of

very high order — 8,000 million of tax payers’ moneyfor embankment of the river only to make 9,00,000hectares of land permanently waterlogged and turn 6.5million people amphibians. If history is a light thatilluminates the present and directs attention toward thepossibilities of the future, environmental history oughtto be an integral part of environmental education.

Envirnmental Ethics : Similar treatment must alsobe given to another emerging branch of environmentaleducation, Environmental Ethics, a field of study thathas been immensely enriched by the contributions ofE. F. Schumacher (1973); and Arne Naess (1973), whowrote a paper titled “The Shallow and the Deep, Long-Range Ecology Movement” to open a new vista ofanalysis in our ethical understanding of ecology vis-à-vis the human supremacy over the environment andsought to examine with equal emphasis allinterrelationships among organisms in the ecosystem,not just those affecting man.

The upshot of all these developments is clear: thereare sufficient environment-related intellectualdevelopments in all the three streams of studies inour universities – Science, Humanities and Commerce– where these subjects can be accommodated withinthe domains of the respective streams, leaving therudiments of ecology to be taught at school level.

ConclusionSome forty years ago, the U Thant Report, “Man

and His Environment”, published under the aegis ofthe United Nations stated in its introduction:

“For the first time in the history of the humanity acrisis of world-wide scope has come into existence,including both the developed and the developingcountries – concerning the relation of man to hisenvironment. Threatening signs were visible long ago:the demographic explosion,\ the inadequate integra-tion of powerful technology with the requirements ofthe environment, the destruction of cultivated lands,the unplanned development of urban areas, thediminishing of open spaces and the ever growingdanger of the extinction of many forms of animal andplant life. There is no doubt that if this process willcontinue – future life on earth will be threatened”(Encyclopaedia of the United Nations and Interna-tional Agreements, 1990, p. 264).

Forty years later, we have discovered that we arein the same place where U Thant began — theindictors that measure the health of our planetcontinue to decline. Our daily account of environ-mental destruction includes destruction of 55,000hectares of tropical forest, reduction of arable land

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 27: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 113

by 20,000 hectares, extinction of 100- 200 species andemission of 60 million tonnes of carbon dioxide intothe atmosphere. The home that life has built for itselfon the planet’s outer surface is grievously hurt. Canwe give it a healing touch? Can we come out of thebiggest crisis that humanity has ever faced? The IPCCrecommends that developed countries reduce theiremissions by 25% to 40% in 2020 compared to 1990and developing countries to make significantreductions to their emissions compared to a “businessas usual” scenario in order to contain globaltemperature rise to 2°C. However, it needs to beunderscored that Global average increase oftemperature by2°C means a 3.6°C increase in manyAfrica countries. With such a huge rise in temperatureAfrica will be incinerated and condemned to death.Even with a 2°C rise in temperature sea level will raise

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

especially during the last two decades. Such tie-upsshould be considered as effective instruments forsignificant value addition, rather than being viewedas preconditions for success. The governmentshould focus on facilitating the emergence of newtechnical institutions to allow a greater number ofstudents to access higher education. At the moment,hundreds of excellent students are being turneddown by the countries top technical institutionssimply because they cannot accommodateeverybody. The sector needs to be opened up, to givemore people a chance to get a high level educationat an affordable price. The government should letinstitutions grow freely and openly, it will be for thebenefit of all.

There is a worldwide shortage of high quality PhDs.Our biggest challenge is convincing bright youngaspiring faculty to move to India, especially if theirperformance, and tenure, is based on strong academicresearch. Most of the top academic journals are basedout of the USA, and tend to focus on issues that areseen as relevant to their majority constituents whoare in the US. Most of the top academic conferencesare also held in US and Western Europe. There arefew top researchers in India. It is difficult for youngfaculty to be a part of that ecosystem from a distance.Senior faculty members are often willing, but in manycases, their spouses, who have their own career andchildren, resist the move. We are building a localecosystem of researchers among faculty in India andthe Far East.

India and China are the big booming economies

in the world today. Every major company, whereverit is based, will want to know how to do business inthese countries. India also has a terrific opportunityto innovate new business solutions to societalproblems of the disadvantaged people, e.g., skillsdevelopment, healthcare for the poor, affordablehousing, etc. These business models, if successful, willopen new opportunities for global businesses to servethe over 4 billion poor in the world. Indian b-schoolshave to effectively market these opportunities to theaspiring MBA students.

The Government has decided to allow corporatehouses to open and run higher education institutes.Those companies registered as non-profit entitiesunder Section 25 of Companies Act, 1956, will beallowed to establish technical institutions. Untilnow, bodies registered as trust or societies wereallowed to open and run technical institutions.Land requirement for setting up new institutes incities has been reduced as part of its plan to make iteasier for the companies to increase the number oftechnical institutes, particularly in areas where theyare still not present. Meanwhile, all technicaleducation institutes will have to reserve 5% of seatsfor economically weak students, who must not becharged tuition fees.

The move is expected to increase about two lakhseats in engineering courses in India, includingadditional 80,000 seats in management and 2,200 seatsin architecture courses, due to other reforms in AICTEapproval process which includes relaxing land norms,and approval for starting new courses. ❐

Contd. from page 106

enough to submerge many island nations and lead tomillions of climate refugees.

It need not be mentioned again that the criticaldebates around the climate change agreementsspanned the entire globe and a huge difference ofopinion involving science, realism and necessity,capitalism and democracy, the cost of affluence andthe rights of the poor. More importantly, it raised thequestion of justice. Unfortunately, we have not foundanswer from the political process in which the idea ofsustainable development was moored. But we cannotafford to get off the train of sustainable developmenteither! Sustainable development needs to be rescuedfrom the bog whole by adding another powerfulengine to the train – environmental education – thatwould ensure education for life to reinforce conditionsof life in this decaying planet. ❐

Page 28: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011114

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Structural Devices to Boom Higher Education inEmerging India Parimal Kumar Sen*

Soumen Bhattacharjee**Higher Education in India has witnessed massive growth and a spectrum of changes in recent times. In order to sustainthe development of service sectors of India, the demand for different types of technological, management and medicalcourses are enhancing significantly. For facilitating these growth, Higher Education sector in India spend currentlyRs 46,200 crore. And in order to achieve the projected growth rate of 12.8% (as desired by MHRD), there is a need ofthreefold enhancement in the expenditure figure. So, the development of Higher Education necessarily depends on theprivate sector. In this regard quality maintenance in higher education will be the key challenge to the Higher Educationsector. In this paper an effort has been made to summarize the structural devices that Higher Education need at thispoint of time for its proper unfolding.

Introduction

In recent times India has been witnessingremarkable momentum of growth in its highereducation sector, owing to emergence of the

country as a service-oriented economy. India hasamongst the largest student population in the world(over 230 million enrolled schooling includingprimary education and higher education). For thedevelopment of various service segments likebanking, insurance, health care, retail managementetc., along with the development of key infrastructuresectors like road transport and highways, railways,power generation, transmission and distribution,civil aviation, ports etc, there has been an increasingdemand for various kinds of technological,management and medical education courses in thecountry in recent years. Although the country offerstremendous growth potential for variety ofhigher education degree/diploma courses, medicaleducation and technological service markethas emerged as the most lucrative segment of theindustry.

The number of universities has grown manifoldand a similar trend has been witnessed in the numberof student enrolments (grown to ~ 14 million) in thehigher education. The annual student enrolments inhigher education are expected to grow at a CAGR ofnearly 8.7% during 2010-11 to 2012-13. Further, themarket size of higher education will witness aCAGR of approximately 15% to cross US$ 22 billionby 2013.

Research has found that despite the continuousgrowth in Indian medical, technological andmanagement education sector over the past few years,the country has not been able to adequately meet theconstantly growing needs for medical professionalsin the country. This is reflected in the fact that thereremains shortage of health care service professionalsi.e. doctors and nurses among others, with extensive

disparities existing not only between urban and ruralIndia, but also between various states of the country.The lack of technologically skilled persons in emergingservice sectors like Biotechnology, Agro-technology,Nanotechnology etc. are also well evident.

Our demand-supply model indicates that if Indiawants to increase its doctor to patient ratio to theglobal average of 15, the country would requireseveral million more doctors to meet the growingdemand for health care services. A similar demand isexpected for nurses in the country over the next fewyears. Thus, there is an urgent need to expand medicaleducation system in India while keeping intoconsideration the quality issues in providing medicaleducation. Another overlapping domain—BiomedicalEngineering—also needs to grow in next few yearswhile keeping into consideration qualitative growthof research and development.

“Indian Education Services—A Hot Opportunity”provides extensive research and rational analysis ofthe higher education system in India. It gives thecurrent status of the higher education system, givingoverview of the number of universities, technicaleducation institutions and colleges available in thecountry. Besides this, the report gives prudent analysison the type of courses that will remain in high demandover the next few years. Alongside this, the reportalso briefs about the regions which are mostappropriate for setting up new medical and technicalinstitutes along with others in the country.

Structural Devices to Boom in Higher Educationin India

India’s education sector is seeing hecticentrepreneurial activity and private equity* Associate Professor of Goenka College of Commerce

& Business Administration, Kolkata, W.B.** Ex Sr. Scientist, (ICAR), Associate Professor (WBES),

Post, Graduate Department of Botany, Hooghly MohsimCollege, Chinsurah, Hooghly, W.B.

Page 29: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 115

investors are deploying significant capital in thissunrise sector. Funds focusing exclusively oneducation have emerged. However, there are a fewstructural devices to the boom in India’s educationsector. The following policy initiatives have been takenby the Government of India, both qualitative andquantitative growth and development in global termof the Higher Education sector:

1. The Government of India has made a commitmentto restructuring the policy framework, including thesetting up and tie-ups of foreign universities in India.Human Resource Development Minister Kapil Sibalhas taken a few steps, but for now even the merepromise of reform and more openness in the sector isnot sufficient to generate hope and excitement thatspurs investment and business plans.

At the same time some caution would be required.There is a strong case for regulating the education sectorand putting in place standards and guidelines for whatit takes for an educational institution to be recognizedas a university or school. Without sound regulatorynorms in the early stages, the education boom mayfizzle out to the detriment of investors, entrepreneursand India’s economy. Regulation, however, should beleft to individual school examination boards andprofessional accreditation bodies as far as possible. Forinstance, there has been a large number of institutionsoffering the International Baccalaureate (IB) programfor high school students. The IB is governed by the IBOrganization based in Switzerland, which sets itsown standards for what it takes to be an IB school.The government should empower Indian boards to setstandards in the same way, for this would allow forcompetition between the boards. Schools—private andgovernment-aided—should be free to choose the boardthey want to offer, to design the admissions mechanism,and to charge the fees they wish.

2. India is entering a phase of demographic changethat has far-reaching consequences for society and theeconomy. According to research from Deutsche Bank,India will be adding almost a million people to itslabor force every single month for the next 20 years till2030. That’s a staggering number of people, equivalentto the current populations of U.K., Germany, Spainand France combined. The only comparabledemographic shift from recent history is the post-World War II (1939-1945) baby boom in the UnitedStates. Skill development, training and education willbe among the first areas where all those consumerswill want to put their money.

These trends will only accelerate, making theeducation sector very attractive for both entre-

preneurs and investors. Moreover, without privatecapital and the participation of entrepreneurs, Indiasimply cannot train and educate a workforce ofthis size.

While projects such as building full-fledged schoolsand universities would be beyond the reach of mostfirst-time entrepreneurs and are typically not“fundable” from a venture capital perspective, ancillaries like infrastructure, technology and servicesare attracting investments.

In 2009, Tutor Vista, Career Point and FIITJEE weresome of the companies offering training forcompetitive university admission examinations thatsaw substantial investor interest. The most successfulcompanies in the sector so far have been those thatare providing information technology and softwaresolutions to brick-and-mortar institutions. Companieslike Educomp Solutions, Aptech, and EdServeSoftsystems have combined the high margins of thesoftware business with the scale and opportunity inthe education space.

Education is a very large canvas. The challenge isto identify the areas within it that will be the mostprofitable. As the sector evolves and grows,opportunities which cannot be anticipated todaywill soon emerge. If addressed properly, there are anumber of factors which can act as a catalyst for thegrowth of higher education in India. Availability ofeducation loan, growing demand for skilled personneland e-learning are few of the growth areas. Thecountry also faces challenges like low pedagogicquality and lack of investment funds in providingquality education.

3. Since education is marketed aggressively, thereis an inherent risk in the process as most privatesector players treat education as any other productto be packaged and marketed as “ a private good“. In this context a social regulatory valve has tobe devised so that we can consider it as “socialand public good”, as rightly mentioned by the MHRDMinister Kapil Sibal. Different measures in this contextare required to ensure to quality of education. Atprimarily level, under RTE Act, 2009, where theprovisions for a local school management committee,comprising majority of stakeholders, are to beimplemented properly. At Higher Education level,the quality needs to be maintained, as recommendedby MHRD, through a National Commission forHigher Education and Research (NCHER)—aregulatory body to control higher education andresearch. The second regulatory body in this contextis National Accreditation Regulatory Authorityfor Higher Educational Institutions, which will look

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Contd. to page 118

Page 30: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011116

Empowerment Through Education in India :Narrowing the Urban-Rural, Male-Female andAffluent-Poor divide Dr Ashish Varma*, Ishika Varma**

Mr Saswat***

* Ph.D, FICWA, PGDBM, Assistant Professor, IMTGhaziabad

** Research Scholar, M.M.H College, Ghaziabad***PGDM Student, IMT Ghaziabad

INDIA : The Unique position

India has a large and diversified population. Itslarge population consists of young individualsfalling mainly in the age group of 6-24 years, which

is the most prospective age group in terms of academicinclinations. This age group accounts for around one-third of the India’s population. The literacy rate hasincreased from 18.3% in 1951 to 67.3% in 2009, as perHRD statistics. The National Literacy Mission aimsto achieve 85% literacy at the end of the Eleventh 5-year plan (2007-2012). An interesting thing to note isthat in India, where agriculture plays a critical role ineconomic development, student enrolment inagricultural courses accounts for around only 0.5%.

India has the largest number of academicinstitutions in the world in terms of higher educationand is the third in the world in terms of enrolment,after China and the US. However, only 7% in the agegroup of 18-24 enroll for higher education in Indiaand this is only one-half of Asia’s average. India’seducation system continues to grapple withdeficiencies such as a rigid system, lack of funding,inadequate infrastructure, demand-supply gaps,urban-rural divide, and scarcity of skilled manpower.According to the National Knowledge Commission’snote on higher education, at 0.7% of GDP the currentsupport for higher education is simply inadequate. Itis estimated that government support for highereducation should form at least 1.5% of GDP out of atotal of 6.0% allocated to the education sector.According to the draft report of the Working Groupon higher education of the Planning Commission,public expenditure in elementary education went upfour times whereas that for secondary and highereducation went up by around three times during 1993-94 to 2004-05. During the same time period, publicexpenditure per student in higher education, in realterms, declined from Rs 8,961 in 1993-94 to Rs 7,117in 2003-04.

In order to achieve higher literacy rates, thegovernment has been initiating programs such as theSarva Shiksha Abhiyan and Saakshar Bharat, whichaims at achieving elementary education of satisfactoryquality by 2010. Furthermore, the development of anEducational Development Index (EDI) for elementaryeducation is perceived as a significant step towards

imparting quality education. The country’s presenteducation system comprises elementary (primary:classes I – V and upper primary: classes VI – VIII),secondary (high school: classes IX – XII) and highereducation (post-class XII), which consists mainly ofundergraduate, postgraduate, professional degreeand others.

The progress in Education Sector : HigherStudent enrolment, Interactive Technology andExperiential learning

Higher education in India has improved graduallyfrom 20 universities and 500 colleges in 1947 to 416universities and 20,677 colleges (including 2,166women’s colleges) currently. These comprise of 251state universities, 24 central universities, 103 deemeduniversities, 5 institutions established under statelegislations, and 33 institutes of national importanceestablished by central legislation. At the start of theacademic year 2007-08, the total number of studentsenrolled for higher education stood at 11.6 million; ofwhich 12.94% were enrolled in university departmentsand 87.06% in affiliated colleges. More than 80% ofthe students are enrolled in three faculties of arts,science and commerce/management whereas the restare enrolled in professional courses with the highestpercentage in engineering and technology followedby medical sciences.

On a brighter note, however, enrolments have beenincreasing steadily in higher education in the past 2decades from 3.4 million in 1984-85 to 11.03 millionin 2005-06. In addition to a medium of livelihood,higher education is also now regarded as aninstrument of infrastructure for social and economicchange. Fundamental policy changes at the grassrootslevel in issues pertaining to curriculum, infrastructure,governance, and funding are taking place to makeIndia’s higher education a socially and economicallyviable option in a competitive world. Factors such asE-learning, distance education, public privatepartnerships coupled with international collaborationsand exchange programs are changing the face ofhigher education in India. The higher education

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 31: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 117

system in India has changed its unidirectionalapproach and is slowly transitioning into producingprofessionals with better quality education.Traditional programs are adopting innovativemeasures to encourage enrolment and institutes arepromoting research based practices. Efforts are beingmade to move from the theoretical base to a more‘real-world’ and career-oriented approach.

Economic progress : Narrowing the Urban- Rural,Male-Female and Affluent-Poor divide

Favorable demographic and income trends interms of salaries, savings, and expenditure act ascatalysts in boosting higher education. During 2000-07, household sector savings and per capita incomegrew at a CAGR of by 13% and 9%, respectively, andthe gross national disposable income grew by around11%. Likewise, consumer spending patterns inpursuing education has also magnified in the lastcouple of years as people’s willingness to invest ineducation has increased to a large scale. Education isnow perceived as a safe, long-term investment ratherthan a means to sustain oneself. The 300-million-strongIndian middle class consumer base considerseducation as a part of their basic necessities forsecuring their children’s future. According to theCentral Statistical Organization (CSO) and theMinistry of Statistics and Programs Implementation,the total private final consumption expenditure (atcurrent prices) in the domestic market grew at aCAGR of 9% during 1999-2000 to 2006-07. During thesame time, the private final consumption expenditure(at current prices) on education grew at a CAGR of13%. The share on educational activities as a part ofthe total private final consumption expenditure rosefrom 1.9% in 1999-2000 to 2.4% in 2006-07.

At a macro level, the direct relation betweeneducation spending and economic growth reveals ahealthy outlook for India’s education system but at amicro level it reveals disparities in levels of acquiringhigher education between urban and rural areas.According to the Central Advisory Board ofEducation’s (CABE) report on financing of higher andtechnical education released in 2005, population withhigher education is directly proportionate tohousehold economic status in Rural as well as Urbanareas. In the bottom quintile (monthly per capitaconsumption expenditure quintile), only 1% of thepopulation has higher education and the ratio steadilyclimbs to above 10% in the richest quintile. Thedisparity between rural and urban areas is highlightedwhen this ratio between the top and bottom quintilesincreases by 7% in rural areas and 15% in urban areas.Furthermore, among every 1,000 persons, urban

regions have around 11.0% college graduates orabove, whereas rural areas have only 1.6%.

Major corporate players like Adani, Reliance,Aditya Birla Group, Nirma and others have enteredor are considering the idea of venturing into theeducation sector in India. While Nirma has openedup management and technical institutes, Adani hasopened up the Indian Institute of InfrastructureManagement and other educational institutions. RILtoo runs one such institute, the DhirubhaiInternational School in Mumbai, while the AnilAmbani-controlled ADAG group owns DhirubhaiAmbani Institute of Information & CommunicationTechnology in Ahmedabad. The Aditya Birla groupruns 42 schools, mostly in the vicinity of theirplants, providing education to 45,000 students. Essarrecently started a continuous learning educationcentre called Avid. And then there are others,including the prestigious Birla Institute of Science &Technology and Tata Institute of Social Sciences,which are part of the CSR programmes of therespective groups.

The Reliance Group is setting up a ‘world-class’university as it seeks to promote education andresearch in sectors ranging from liberal arts totechnology. Vedanta University is another suchinitiative taken by Anil Agarwal Foundation.

Education Loans: Opportunities for FinancialIntermediaries

Education loans have emerged as a significantbusiness opportunity for banks providing studenteducation loans worth more than Rs. 200 billion.Disbursement of education loans has risen from 2%of the total personal loan portfolio in 2005 to almost4% in 2008. The education loan portfolio of the banksgrew by around 35% in 2007-08 and expected to reach40% in 2008-09. Apart from adopting variouseducational schemes to reach out to students and therising interest in academics shown by the youngergeneration, the lower number of non-performingassets (NPA) in the education loan segment is actingas a positive factor too.

Education loans are already considered to be acomponent of the priority sector advances and furthergrowth of this portfolio is expected once Basle II normsare implemented from March 2009 for domestic banks.According to the Basle II framework, educationalloans would no longer be treated as a part of consumercredit but shall be considered as a component of theregulatory retail portfolio with the risk weightlowered from the current 125% to 75%. Consequently,the chances of banks cutting down on the interest ratesof these loans seem to increase in the near future.

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 32: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011118

Role of the Central and State Governmenttowards being a Knowledge Superpower

Higher education system in India is fairly largeand complex. Within the system, the CentralGovernment is primarily involved in policy decisionsand state governments are engaged in fundingactivities. The Central Government’s role involvesestablishment, grants and oversight of institutes ofhigher education and it discharges its activitiesthrough UGC and other professional councils. Stategovernments, which play a major role in funding ofinstitutes through operating as well as capital grants,carry out most functions through the concernedgovernment department or directorate of therespective states. The role of the Central Governmentin funding institutes of higher education is quietlimited and uneven. With a handful of Centralinstitutions catering to around 2% of the studentsgetting nearly 85% of Central allocation for highereducation, State governments end up beingresponsible for providing bulk of public funding.According to the report of the CABE Committee onfinancing of higher and technical education, stategovernments account for more than three-fourths ofthe total government expenditure on highereducation. However, in case of technical education,the Union and State governments share the financialresponsibility almost equally.

A few decades ago Central and State governmentsgrappled with issues related to unprecedenteddemand for quality higher education for a growingpopulation. Over the years, different states triedvarious methods for fulfilling this requirement; forinstance, they allowed entry of private players andtried out different models of financing based on feesand merit. Some states also drew flak from somequarters in the public who felt the administration was

diluting the quality of education by bringing in thecommercial aspect in an otherwise social sector. Inresponse to these adverse public reactions, AndhraPradesh, Karnataka, and Maharashtra enacted lawsregulating admission and prohibiting capitation feein private unaided professional institutions in 1983,1984, and 1987, respectively, and thus, opened doorsfor judicial intervention. Presently, state governmentsare struggling with the ever-increasing financialburden on the one hand and the need to maintainquality of education on the other.

In a major step aimed at attracting serious playersin higher education and ensuring that existing onesdo not face financial constraints for expansion, theMinistry of Human Resource Development (MHRD)has mooted the idea of a National Higher EducationFinance Corporation (NHEFC).

NHEFC, which will have an authorized sharecapital of Rs. 10,000 crore (Rs. 100 billion), proposesto directly finance any university duly recognizedunder law for its creation or improvement ofinfrastructure. It will grant loans and advances to anyscheduled public sector bank or such other financialinstitutions approved by the corporation forrefinancing of educational loans to students. It willalso provide venture capital to incubate an idea or aproduct that has emerged as an outcome of anyresearch undertaken by the university.

ConclusionAccording to the HRD annual report 2007-08, the

Eleventh Plan outlay for higher education roughlystands at Rs 850 billion, which is nine times more (atcurrent prices) than the Tenth Plan expenditure. ThePlan outlay also aims at achieving a Gross EnrolmentRatio (GER) of at least 15% by the end of the Planperiod (2007-2012). One can hope for a sustainedeconomic prosperity of India with the ❐

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

after the assessment and accreditation process inhigher education. The spirit of the activities of theseregulatory bodies is to move from an inspection-approval process to a verification–authenticationmechanism.

4. As an inevitable consequence of the recenttrends in higher education sector the Government ofIndia very recently (the end of the December 2010)has thrown the education sector open to investmentfrom corporate houses by allowing them to set upinstitutions Under Section 25 of Indian CompaniesAct, 1956.

ConclusionThe unexpected growth and development of

higher education in India causes the paradigm shift

not only in service sector but also in governmentpolicies as well. The demand–supply model simplyspeaks about need of higher investment in the sectorof higher education to facilitate requisite momentumof growth for emerging India as a superpower. In thisrespect, the decision of the Government of India toopen the higher education sector for investment fromcorporate sectors by allowing them to set upinstitutions may be debatable but, largely, seems tobe rational. In the modus operandi level, the judiciousimplementation RTE Act, 2009, at the primary levelof education and righteous way of functioning ofNCHER at Higher Education level are absolute pre-requisites for augmenting the expected growth ofeducation of emerging India. ❐

Contd. from page 115

Page 33: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 119

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Growth and Prospect of Indian Education Sector —A Critical Analysis in the Context of PrivateParticipation and Foreign Investment Palash Garani*

Higher Education is assuming a growing significance for developing countries like India. With the advent of the NewYear, a look back to the previous year 2010—is imperative taking into consideration the important developments beingundertaken in the Indian Higher Education sector. The present article brings about the historical background ofIndian education. This paper also intends to examine the recent policies and practices relating to the private participationand foreign investment to boom Higher Education in India.

Introduction

The growth of the Indian economy in the recentpast and the compulsion to sustain it is alsoforcing the Indian government to accelerate the

process of developing all the branches of the Indianeducation system. Therefore, it would be veryinteresting to understand and analyze the structureand system of Indian education, its present condition,and future developments.

India has one of the largest student populations inthe world (over 230 million enrolled in schooling andhigher education) and a low literacy rate of 65% (ranked172 globally). There is a short supply of good qualifiedmanpower which is employable. To meet existing andemerging demand of good qualified manpower, Indianeeds to significantly gear up its educationinfrastructure. The Government of India (GoI) aims toguarantee elementary education to every childbetween the ages of 6 to 14 years. Simultaneously GoIstarted to qualitative development of old structures andsystems of education and has been laying emphasis onprivate participation and foreign Investment. Onrecommendations of the Kothari Commission, the GoI,in 1968, fixed a target of investing 6% of GDP oneducation by 1986. But this target has never beenachieved. Current spending on education in India is notmore than 3.5% of GDP and, in general, has never risenbeyond 4.3% of GDP. Also, spending per studentrelating to education has fallen and the share ofeducation in the Five-Year Plans has reducedconsiderably. In comparison, the US spends 12% oneducation, France 7%, Malaysia 20% and Thailand 27%.Since the 11th Five Year Plan (2007-2011), theGovernment has been laying greater emphasis on thequality of education. Also, with the GoI showing a clearwillingness to engage the private sector as well asforeign investments in the education sector, there aresignificant opportunities for companies both ingovernment and private institutes. Increased demandfor education has led to some growth in supply in therecent years, largely through increased privateparticipation and foreign investment.

Historical Background of Indian EducationThe history of education in India is very

prosperous and interesting. One can trace the ancientroots of Indian education as early as 3rd century BC.Research shows that in the ancient days, sages andscholars imparted education orally, but after thedevelopment of letters, it took the form of writing.Palm leaves and barks of trees were used for writingin education, and this, in turn, helped spread thewritten literature. Temples and community centersoften took the role of schools.

When Buddhism spread in India, education becameavailable to a greater part of the laity and this led to theestablishment of some world famous educationalinstitutions like Nalanda, Vikramshila and Takshashila.These educational institutions had close connectionswith the monasteries. History has taken special care togive Nalanda, which flourished from the 5th to 13th

century AD, full credit for its excellence in cultivatingand disseminating different fields of knowledge. Thisuniversity had around 10,000 resident students andteachers on its roll at one time. It had students fromcountries like China, Sri Lanka, Korea.

It was in the 11th century that the Muslimsestablished elementary and secondary schools. Thisled to the forming of few universities too at cities likeDelhi, Lucknow and Allahabad. Medieval period sawexcellent interaction between Indian and Islamictraditions in all fields of knowledge like theology,religion, philosophy, fine arts, painting, architecture,mathematics, medicine, and astronomy.

Later, when the British arrived in India, Englishmedium educational system came into being with thehelp of the European missionaries. Since then, Westerneducation has made steady advances in the country.With hundreds of universities and thousands ofcolleges affiliated to them, India has positioned itselfas a country that provides quality higher educationto its people in specific and to the world in general.

* M. Com., ACS, AICWA, PGDFM, Faculty of MaulanaAzad College, Kolkata 700 013

Page 34: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011120

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Education Sector Attracting Private InvestmentsIndia’s education and training market is a $40-

billion opportunity for investors. Around 350 privateequity and venture capital (PE/VC) firms in India arelooking at the education sector. India’s education andtraning markets were a billion of opportunity forprivate investors. No wonder investments in the sectorare likely to double in 2011 compared to 2010. Despitethis, there are certain inherent hurdles, one being thetight regulation of the education sector. Due to this,PE players are looking mostly at ancillary services(infrastructure, technology and services segments) asinvestment in trusts managing schools is not allowed.Vocational training, supplementary training, mocktests, government job related examination training arealso attracting investments.

However, according to players and analysts, theIndian education sector lacks big-ticket investmentopportunities. The following chart represents privateequity investments in education sector :

PE FlowInstitutions Private Equity Investor AmountCareer Point Franklin Templeton $ 10.35mnMahesh Tutorial Helix Investments $ 1mnThree House Matrix Partners India $ 7 mnPlay SchoolCareen Launcher Gaja Capital $ 8.25 mnFIIT JEE Matrix Partners India Rs. 100 cr.Hurix System Helion Ventures Partners $ 5.1

Source: The Hindu business line, Business Daily from THEHINDU group of publications, Saturday, Aug 22, 2009

Private equity players are beginning to show a fairamount of interest in the non-regulated educationbusiness in India. More than half a dozen companiesin the education business have received private equityinvestments in the past two years, says Mohit Khullar,Vice-President, Equirus Capital Private Ltd. Privateequity investments tend to give very high returns toinvestors. Returns from the education business arepretty high, say PE firms. Because of this manycorporate tycoons have started, or plan to start,universities including :

● Rajendra Pawar & Vijay Thadani: founders ofNIIT University.

● Karsanbhai Patel’s : Nirma University.● Shiv Nadar’s : SSN College of Engineering and

Shiv Nadar University.● Sushil Ansal’s : Ansal Institute of Technology,● The Dhirubhai Ambani Institute of Information

and Communication Technology set up by theAmbanis in Gandhinagar. Mukesh Ambani hasalso announced plans to start a new university.

● Lakshmi Mittal’s : LNM Institute of Infor-mation Technology which is slated to becomea full-fledged university.

● Gautam Adani’s : Adani Institute ofInfrastructure Management, which will mostlikely become a university.

Apart from the Indian corporate sector, privateinvestors have been carefully monitoring theeducation sector in their attempt to realize the greatpotential which it has to offer, considering the hugedemand from consumers. They have been activelylooking out for deals in the areas where profit isallowed. This can be clearly seen in the number ofprivate equity deals that were finalized in the last twoyears.

Foreign Participation in Indian Higher EducationSector

About 1,85,000 Indians study overseas, spend US$4 billion annually, and some are now returning toIndian jobs. Foreign institutions want to be in India,but are currently not permitted to do so. Lack ofpolitical will makes any imminent change in thisscenario unlikely for now. Numerous foreigneducational institutions have shown keen interest incoming to India. Currently, foreign universities arenot permitted to open campuses or confer degrees intie-ups with Indian partners. However, variousforeign universities are operating in India throughcollaborations.

The National Knowledge Commission (NKC) hasalso urged the Prime Minister Dr. Manmohan Singh toopen up the higher education sector. “We mustformulate appropriate policies for the entry of foreigninstitutions and for the promotion of Indian institutionsabroad,” the NKC said in its note to the PM. It has alsocalled for making “a conscious effort to attract foreignstudents for higher education to enrich our academicmilieu”. The NKC has also suggested the setting up ofan independent regulator for higher education whichwould also have degree-granting powers. At present,any university or deemed institute has to get AICTE’sapproval before inviting a foreign collaboration fortechnical education.

Two foreign institutions (Georgia Tech University,USA and Schulich School of Business, Canada) arecurrently negotiating with the government for landfor their new campuses on the outskirts of Mumbai.Many international universities are awaiting the finalclearance from the Union Cabinet while some havealready gone ahead with tie-ups. They includeStanford University (with IIM, Bangalore), ColumbiaUniversity (with IIM, Ahmedabad), and PurdueUniversity.

Page 35: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 121

The following pie chart represents UK bilateralaid spending in India (2009-10) :

Source: http://www.dfid.gov.uk/Where-we-work/Asia-South/India

From the above pie chart we can conclude that theUK government gave importance to Indian educationsector as its 2nd priority. It is expected that we will getmore and more foreign investments on Indianeducational sector in near future.

Needs to Change in Indian Education Sector● Reduce hierarchical multiplicity of governing

bodies; morph into a quality controller (suchas SEBI in capital market, TRAI in tele-communication sector, etc.).

● Encourage private universities and tie-ups withIndian institutions via monetary benefits andautonomy to run institutions after maintainingthe proper rules and regulations.

● Focus on quality and allow several moods ofteachers’ trainings. Use private participation toincrease R&D and further inclusive growth.

● Define PPP models leading to sustainable IRRsfor players and also hand over managementcontrol to them for future prospects.

● Incentivize and institutionalize the process toset up foreign universities beyond just allowing100% FDI in education on paper.

● Facilitate internet and audio-visual system inless costly manner.

● Conduct more and more seminars, workshopsand conferences, especially at international level.

● Course content must be specific and it mustincrease professional knowledge.

● A structural change required to allow for-profitschools and colleges. The regulatory bodiesneed to act as only total quality controller andcheck fly-by-night operators.

● Try to develop a non-political environment inthe school and college campuses.

● Given that e-learning is still a novel andimmature activity and that it has alreadyimproved the overall student experience, thereis a case for continued government funding.However, governments and institutions needto have a clearer understanding of the cost-benefit analysis of e-learning.

● Increase a great numbers of qualitative teacherson the basis of the following diagram :

ConclusionIndia’s education sector is seeing hectic

entrepreneurial activity. There are a few structuraldrivers to the boom in India’s education sector. Firstly,the Indian government has made a commitment torestructuring the policy framework, including thesetting up of foreign universities in India. Secondly,various job opportunities provided by variouscorporates to the professional degree-holders. Third,increasing trends in private equity finance in Indianeducational sector. Fourthly, FDI is coming in Indianeducational sector in large scale etc.

These trends will only accelerate, making theeducation sector very attractive for both entrepreneursand investors. Moreover, without private capital andthe participation of entrepreneurs, India simply cannottrain and educate a workforce of this size.

In 2009 and onwards, Tutor Vista, Career Pointand FIITJEE were some of the companies offeringtraining for competitive university admissionexaminations that saw substantial investor interest.The most successful companies in the sector so farhave been those that are providing informationtechnology and software solutions to brick-and-mortar institutions. Companies like EducompSolutions and EdServe Softsystems have combinedthe high margins of the software business with thescale and opportunity in the education space.

Despite all the efforts to develop the educationsystem in India, access, equity and quality ofeducation in India continue to haunt the policy-makerstill date. This has mainly been due to widespreadpoverty and various prejudices. The inability to checkthe drop-out rates among the marginalized sectionsof the population is another cause of worry.

However, the renewed emphasis in the educationsector in the 11th Five Year Plan (2007-2011) especiallyin private participation and foreign investment andincreased expenditure in primary, higher education,vocational training etc. can act as palliatives for theIndian education system. ❐

India : Total spent £295.1 million (2009-10)

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Source : Alpen Capital

Additional teachers’ requirement : 2010 to 2020

Page 36: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011122

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Education Boom CMA Rabin Kumar Ray*

Education means instruction or training. Education system is the system of giving intellectual and moral training tothe learners and trainees. The dictionary meaning of boom is ‘sudden briskness of business ’; hence education boommeans dramatic change in education system in recent times.

The education sector of India is observingconsumptive entrepreneurial activity. Privateequity investors are deploying significant

capital. Recently education company ‘kaplan’ hasannounced the formation of Kaplan ventures whichwill invest in the education sector in India and othercountries.

The Government of India has made a commitmentto restructuring the policy of frame work includingsetting up of foreign universities in India. Hon’bleHRD Minister, Mr. Kapil Sibal, has taken several stepsto restructuring the education system of India. Onestep is to make class-X examination optional insteadof compulsory from 2011.

Several standards and guidelines are introducingfor recognizing a newly set up a university or a collegeor a school. Without a effective and efficient regulatorynorms at the initial stage it may be dangerous anddetrimental to the investors/educators andentrepreneurs in particular and society in general.

The individual school examination boards,professional accredition bodies etc. should enjoyproper and adequate authority towards implemen-tation and follow up of sound regulatory norms.

There has been a profusion of institutes offeringthe INTERNATIONAL BACCALAUREATE (IB)programme for secondary school students. The IBis governed by the IB organization based inSwitzerland which sets its own standards for it takesto be an IB school.The Government of India shouldempower Indian boards to set standards the same wayand allow for competition between boards; the privateand government schools should be free to choose theboard they want to offer to design the admissionmechanism and to charge affordable fees at theirdiscretion.

Again, India is entering a phase of demographicchange that has far-reaching consequences for societyas well as for economy. According to the researchfrom Deutsche Bank, India will be adding almost amillion people to its labour force every single monthfor next twenty years. That’s a staggering number ofpopulation, equivalent to the current combined

population of UK, Germany, Spain and France. Thisis only comparable to the baby boom in US afterSecond World War (1939-1945). People will want toinvest in skill development, training and educationas their basic need to survive. These trends, howeverwill only accelerate, making education sector veryattractive for both entrepreneurs and investors;moreover, without private capital and particpationof entrepreneurs , India simply can’t train and educatea workforce of such giant size.

To build full-fledged schools and universities at atime would be beyond the reach of most newentrepreneurs and also are not typically fundable fromventure capital perspective.

In recent times, Tutor Vista, Career Point and FIITJEE are some of the education companies offertraining to appear in competitive examinations foradmission in technical institutions, colleges oruniversity which shows substantial investors’ interest.Companies like Edu Comp Solutions and Ed Servesoftware systems have combined high margins of thesoftware business with the scale and opportunity inthe education space.

The challenge is to identify the areas that will bethe most profitable and effective. As the sector evolvesand grows, the opportunities which can’t beanticipated today will soon emerge.

In last two to three years , there has been a growingtrend of setting up an assortment of institutes on asingle campus. The education hub may simulta-neously house an institute for engineering andtechnology, pharmacy, law, education, hotelmanagement etc. The Rayat and Bahra Group,Chitkara Educational Trust, Chandigarh Group ofcolleges, Swami Vivekananda Group of Institutesare some of prominent institutes. Most of theinstitutes cater to over 4,000 students each. Thoughthey may not be remotely comparable to the IIMs orIITs, these institutes ate catering to the thousands ofstudents.

* Dy. Finance Manager, The Midnapur Co-operative MilkProducers Ltd., Midnapur, W.B.

Page 37: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 123

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Education boom in India through correspon-dence courses

Correspondence education has brought abouttremendous advancement in the education system inIndia. It is presumed that within next two decadesteachers from conventional teaching would ‘performlive’ to learn across the country with the help ofsatellite communication, low power transmitters andthe information super-highways. The ball is beingstarted to roll and is gradually getting momentum.

In India, there are 14 open Universities and 75regular Universities and many other institutionsrunning distance education programmes. Theemergence of distance learning mode is providingbenefits to several categories of learners in particularto i) late entrants, ii) people who do not have accessto highest education in their place of stay,iii) employed people, and, iv) to those who wish toboost up their educational qualifications for betterservice to the nation. Open Universities offer flexiblecourses options which can be taken by the prospectivestudents who may not have any formal qualificationbut has reached required age and also have cleared awritten entrance test. These Universities offergraduate and post-graduate courses, M.Phil, Ph.D.and also diploma and certificate courses—many ofwhich are career-oriented. Some popular OpenUniversities are : Indira Gandhi National OpenUniversity (IGNOU), Netaji Subhas Open University(NSOU), Dr. B. R. Ambedkar Open University(BRAOU), Nalanda Open University (NOU), TamilNadu Open University (TNOU), etc.

Education boom through professional accredi-tion bodies

The Institute of Chartered Accountants ofIndia(established in 1949 under an Act of Parliament)and The Institute of Cost & Works Accountants ofIndia (established in 1959 under an Act of Parliament)have been providing services to the nation withhighest standard and integrity, mainly in the form ofarranging respective financial audit and Cost Auditsince the date of establishment. Both the Institute haveintroduced continuous education programme for theirmembers to maintain the standard, integrity andefficiency. Very recently both the Institutes, besidestheir respective main examinations, have introducedrespective short termed Accounting Techniciancourses after passing which the students can servethe people in taxation and accounting matterseffectively and efficiently.

Education boom in south IndiaBangalore with Chennai, Coimbatore and

Hyderabad is witnessing an education boom.

These cities have seen a ‘corporatisation’ ofeducation as never before. Every institution hasresorted to running a variety of colleges as thedemand rises.

As on April 2006 there were 260 engineeringcolleges in Tamil Nadu, 216 in Andra Pradesh, and120 in Karnataka. More than 300 institutions hadformed within 2003-06, mainly in privare sector.

One of the main reasons of mushrooming ofprivare colleges was that there were few engineeringand medical colleges in states like Bengal, Bihar,Jharkhand and in the north-east.

The most of available seats in small number ofgovernment and semi-government colleges aregenerally filled up by the reserved categorystudents. There are very few seats left for themeritorious students. Hence, they are bound to comedown South.

About 45% of students in Karnataka-educationinstitutes are non-Karnatakas i.e. from rest of Indiaand rest of world. In Asam and Bihar in particularthere are some education facilities but highereducation is simple and slow and for that reason thestudents are to come South.

However, states like Tamil Nadu have seen somany deemed universities that the business ofeducation is taking its toll. There is no doubt that themushrooming of colleges has its own odds. TheCentral Government in general and the concernedState Government in particular should adoptnecessary and appropriate control measures to eraseor minimize the odds to the extent possible.

Recent developments in technical educationfacilities in West Bengal

The West Bengal Joint Entrance Board was formedas ‘West Bengal Board of Examination for Admissionto Engineering degree colleges’ in 1962, born out of aconcept of holding a common admission test for theengineering colleges of the state of West Bengal.Initially less than 500 seats were available in total in2-3 institutions for admission. That number hasbeen considerably increased now. Alongwith 8universities namely ‘Sibpur Engineering & ScienceUniversity ‘ ‘Jadvapur University’,’Bidhan ChandraKrishi Viswavidyalay’, ‘University of Kalyani’, ‘University Institute of Technology, Burdwan’, UttarBanga Krishi Biswavidyalaya’, ‘West Bengal Universityof Animal and Fishery Science’, ‘The West BengalUniversity of Technology ‘ has been formed by theGovernment of West Bengal to monitor and control allother Govern-ment and Private Engineering Colleges/Institutes.

Page 38: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011124

As of now, including above 8 universities thereare 95 government, private and self-financinginstitutions which can accommodate more thantwenty thousand students.

The China Education BoomChina’s undergraduates now represent the fastest-

growing group of international students. In 2008-09,more than 26,000 were studying in the United States,whereas 8 years earlier that was only 8,000 (accordingto the Institute of International Education). Studentsare ending up not just at nationally known universitiesbut also at the regional colleges, state schools and evencommunity colleges that recruit overseas. Inter-national students are not eligible for governmentfinancial aid. The boom parallels China’s emergenceas the world’s largest economy after the United States.China is home to a growing number of middle classparents who have saved for years to get their onlychild into a top school, hoping for an advantage in acompetitive job market. Since the 1990s, China hasdoubled its number of higher education institutions.More than 60% of high school graduates now attenda university, which were 20 per cent in 1980s.Unfortunately this surge has left millions of diplomaholder-wielding young unable to find white-collarwork as the country is still heavily reliant on low-paying manufacturing.

Global education boomIn ‘The Chronicle of Higher Education’, Bill

Wildavsky pointed out how surprising it is thatalthough universities are cutting back on standalone international and study abroad programs,branch universities are cropping up all over theworld. Prague is home to several branch universities,and without waxing on about the future of globa-lised education, it is very important to note that as thestudents become more mobile and classrooms morehightech, these branch Universities will do a two-fold service by bringing quality higher educationto students abroad and also generating revenue fortheir cash-strapped parent institution in NorthAmerica.

There are more than 3 million students currentlystudying outside their home countries, whichrepresents a 57% increase in the past decade. Manyof the students study at branch universities of which160 are worldwide.

Studying abroad used to be a special perk for themost sophisticated students.

More and more parents are even willing to sendtheir children abroad for an entire degree program,hence the increasing popularity of branch universities.

The trend looks set to continue. Wildavskey saysthe number of globally mobile students is expectedto nearly triple by 2025, to 8 million. While Praguewill probably continue to be an attractive locationfor branch universities because of its close proximityto the transitional economies of the East that don’thave as many options for university education inEnglish, China could be the next frontier of the branchuniversities.

The education boom has proved to be curse tothe poor

Education is not, and never was, the prime motor/mover for upward mobility. The only time there wasa burst of people moving from working-class back-grounds to middle class employment was in the 1950sand 60s with a sudden increase in white-collar jobs.

Educated or not—most left school with no quali-fations—people were sucked upwards by changing alabour market. A third of children of white- collarclasses joined the home-owning white collar classes.

The de-industrialisation of 1980s brought thecatatrophic downward mobility of the skilled workingclass, their de-skilled children destined to earn far less.Meanwhile, great growth in universities has become anagent to fix children of the big new middle class parents’more securely than before; while only a few workingclass children get degrees. In the 1960s bright schoolleavers at 16 could work their way up, but now lack ofqualifications keeps them in their place as graduatesfrom better backgrounds seize that job instead.

ConclusionEducation boom should not be the cause of

education doom. The quality of education must notbe compromised upon. Most of the engineeringcolleges are getting approval from AICTE just byshowing basic fulfilment of norms. The appropriateauthority should look into the matter so that thestudent may timely avail the required facilities, properequipment and top quality teachers. Althoughautonomy to the universities and institutions is alwayswelcome, the concerned Government should not keepitself away in playing the role as watch dog so thatthe students are not sufferers from proper facilitiesand from unaffordable fees, i. e. government shouldhave due control over fees charged by the privateand self financing institutions. It would be beneficialif a part(at least 40%) of the staff-salary (teaching andnon-teaching) is allowed by the Central and Stategovernment in the form of Grant and Subsidy to theprivate techno-educational institutions as they areactually, in true sense, creating technical resource-persons who will serve the nation after successfullycompleting the respective courses. ❐

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 39: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 125

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Human Resource Valuation in Education IndustryProf. Shirish Raibagkar*

The Indian Education Industry has seen a phenomenal growth in the past couple of decades. The market size in terms ofthe population belonging to the age group between 6-24 years of age group is estimated to be around 500 million orabout 40% of the country’s population.

Like the IT industry, Human Resources are thekey assets for the Education Industry. However,unlike the IT and other industries no formal

attempts to value Human Resources in the educationindustry are visible. Public sector enterprises likeBharat Heavy Electronics Limited (BHEL), SteelAuthority of India Limited (SAIL) and private sectorIT companies like Infosys have taken lead inattempting their Human Resource Asset Valuation.This article is an attempt to study the Lev andSchwartz Human Resource Valuation Model and itsapplicability in the Education Industry on lines similarto the IT industry.

The need for this study is felt in the backdrop ofthe government adopting a liberal policy by allowingforeign universities to participate in this sector. In arecent announcement the government has assured theNRIs that it would remove regulatory constraints toencourage their participation in the education sectoras skill development was necessary to achieve 10%economic growth in the 12th Five-Year Plan (2012-17). This move and other such steps are expected tochange the dynamics of the Indian Education System.Sooner or later, we are going to see corporate playersactively participating in this sector that has so far beencontrolled by the government and organizations thatare run as “not-for-profit” Institutions. It is felt thatwith participation of corporates in the educationsector, valuation of human resources would assumesignificance.

Different methods available for valuing HumanResources

Unlike other assets, there is a major issue of“ownership” with human assets. Valuation of HumanResources is indeed a difficult exercise. Despite uniqueproblems associated with valuation of humanresources, there are methods/models/approachesthat have been developed for valuing humanresources. Some of these are briefly outlined :

Historical cost methodThis method was promulgated by Brummet to

measure a firm’s investment in human resources. Themethod suggests capitalizing expenditure on

recruitment, selection, training and development ofemployees and treat them as assets for the purpose ofhuman resource accounting.

Replacement cost methodThis method involves assessment of replacement

cost of individuals, and rebuilding cost of theorganization to reflect HR asset value of both theindividuals and the organization.

Opportunity cost methodThis method envisages computation of monetary

value and allocation of people to the most promisingactivity and thereby to assess the opportunity cost ofkey employees through competitive bidding withinthe organization.

Stochastic modelFlamholtz (1971) proposed a model based on the

premise that an individuals value to an organizationis determined by the services he or she is expected torender. An employee moves through a set of mutuallyexclusive roles or services states in the organizationduring his service tenure. Such movements can beestimated with the help of probabilities.

Economic modelLev & Schwartz have proposed a model that is based

on the estimation of future earnings during theremaining tenure of the employee and then discountingthese earnings to arrive at the present value.

Lev & Schwartz ModelLike the IT industry, Education industry is also

largely driven by Human Resources. Both theindustries are essentially knowledge based. Sincerenowned IT companies like Infosys have been usingthe Lev and Schwartz Model quite regularly now, itwould be interesting to find out if this model can beapplied to the Education Industry as well. But beforewe do this, let us quickly understand how this modelworks and how Infosys is using this model to valueits human resources.

The concept of value has two dimensions – One isthat it expresses the utility or service of an asset i.e. the* M.Com., FICWA.

Page 40: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011126

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

future use of a capital asset and the second is thepurchasing power of the asset, for instance money,securities etc. Lev and Schwartz Model has a soundconceptual base in that it expresses the utility of thehuman resource in terms of its future use. Of course thisfuture utility is expressed in terms of the earnings ofthe employee’s themselves and not by way of thecontribution of the employees in earnings of theorganization. However, as long as the organization ismaking profit, one should not have reservations on the“employee-earnings” approach because profit impliesthat the customers have more than paid for theemployee costs. In other words, profit indicates that theorganization has “realized” the human resource valuefrom its customers.

HR valuation by InfosysAs on 31st March 2009, Infosys estimated the value

of its human resources of 1,04,850 employees,including both delivery and support staff, at Rs1,02,133 crore. This represented a growth of 3.4 percent over the last year’s Rs 98,821 crore, when thecompany had a headcount of 91,187 employees.

The company used the Lev and Schwartz modelto compute the value of its human resources. Theevaluation is based on the present value of the futureearnings of the employees and on the assumptionsthat employee compensation includes all direct andindirect benefits earned both in India and abroad.

It also considered the incremental earnings basedon group/age and discounted the future earnings at12.18 per cent (13.32 per cent in the previous year), thecost of capital for Infosys for computing the HR value.

Applicability of Lev & Schwartz Model in theEducation Sector

As stated earlier there is a basic similarity betweenthe IT industry and Education industry in terms ofthe paramount importance of human resources in boththe industries. Hence there is a case for trying the Lev& Schwartz Model for human resource valuation inthe Education Sector.

Hypothetical ExampleLet’s take a MBA College with the following staff

pattern :Age Professor Associate Professor Assistant Professor

Number Average Number Average Number Averageannual annual annual

earnings earnings earnings(Rs. Lacs) (Rs. Lacs) (Rs. Lacs)

30-39 0 — 1 7.00 10 4.0040-49 2 10.00 1 8.00 2 5.0050-54 0 — 1 9.00 1 6.00

Applying the discounting factor of 15%, the presentvalue of the earnings of the staff as taken in the table

above works out to Rs.600.22 lacs or Rs.6 croresapproximately. (Based on calculation for eachcategory of the staff for the various age groups andfor the tenure of the service in each age group.)

The above calculation is a rather simplistic oneassuming the salary scales, number of staff and othersuch variables to remain constant. Sophisticationinvolving changes in these variables for the sake ofaccuracy is possible.

However, having done the calculation and afterarriving at the human resource value of Rs.6 croreson the basis of Lev and Schwartz Model, let us nowexamine the issue of cost of capital that has gone intothe above calculation. We have taken here adiscounting factor of 15%. Infosys uses its cost ofcapital (cost of equity since it is a zero debt company)as the discounting factor (12.18% for the year 2008/09) that is based on the popular CAPM formula –

Expected Security Return = Risk free return + Beta¥ (Expected market risk premium)

Such an application is not possible for aneducational institution unless it is a listed company.So, how we are going to determine the discountingfactor (cost of capital) for an educational institutionis an issue to be resolved.

One simple solution is to take the cost of capital interms of opportunity cost on the basis of the prevailinginterest rates on term deposits of nationalized banks,that is, taking the risk free return as the opportunitycost of capital.

There are other basic issues as well that need to beexamined :

1. While Infosys is a private sector enterprise (witha profit motive), most of the educational institutions,at least, today are operating in the nature of “not-for-profit” organizations. Infosys continues to reporthandsome profits year after year, implying in a waythat its human resource valuation based on earningsof the employees—that is, the human resource cost—is recovered/recoverable from the customers. Asagainst this, what happens to an educational institutethat is running into losses? After all, whatever valuewe put on an asset, needs to be realized, otherwise ithas no meaning.

2. Let’s look at this entire issue from the customer’sperspective. On the basis of profits earned by Infosys,one can logically conclude that customers are willingto accept the human resource valuation of Infosys.Can we extend the same logic to the customers ofeducational institutions? Salaries of the teachingcommunity are largely governed by “scales” that aredetermined by the government from time to time(through agencies like UGC, AICTE etc.). Similarly,

Contd. to page 137

Page 41: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5
Page 42: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5
Page 43: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5
Page 44: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5
Page 45: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5
Page 46: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5
Page 47: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5
Page 48: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5
Page 49: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 135

The ICT and Education: From blackboard to keyboardDr. Anirban Ghosh*

Barring the sacred exception of the education of the Upanisadic age, which was happily informal, in nature and kind,under the prevailing system of education with its population explosion and change of pattern, evidently formal, certainletters of the alphabet and matters, academic, are placed before the brimming educands who, through books and birchesare made to be swallowed by the educands. The existing process of teaching is hectic and the practice is—more oftenthan not—inhuman. As a result the learners try to save their examination and with it their lives by rote or otherwise,and, further to that, they shed enough tears and develop enough fears regarding the teachers, educational institutes andeducation at large. The learners seldom under the existing system have joy, comfort and efficiency in education andmusic of life. And thus the hapless educands, young and, youthful grow altogether hopeless, frustrated and evenhorrified.

What a sorrowful plethora is this?

As such we must have a glorious relief fromthe hazards of education as stated above andstrike at the one which should be the most

useful to the students and the society at large.The concepts of efficiency and progress remain

almost a misnomer and a pious wish in traditionalsystem of education. Labouring, as it does, under theidea that educands are merely numbers and numbers,and repeated harping on the old, abstruse, drearysubjects and methods fails harping miserably. Practi-cally speaking, education is so crucial a subject that itis exactly here that all the sarboranian bog have sunk.

Higher education is at the top of the educationalpyramid and determines to a large extent the statusof the education system of the country. As such, ithas a dual responsibility—towards the whole edu-cation system as it has towards the whole of society.

But if it is not a quagmire, education has a meaningand merit more than its definition. It gives fullness ofbeinghood to a person before he/she comes to be afossil. Education is, in all practical senses, an end initself and not an experiment on the guineapigs likeyoung learners. He creates, compares, contributes andcriticizes and also receives contribution from the socialethos. As such, an effective man making educationmust remove the weaknesses, failures of thestereotyped ones and dispel all the gloominess of theFormal Education and strike at a new horizon in thefield of education with all the luminess of the sun, asit were and here Open and Distance Learning (ODL)takes up the grand torch.

By employing ICT in proving value added servicesto the learners the ODL can contribute greatly in thedevelopment of a knowledge society.

Now we are living in a global village and theGlobalization and technological changes have

created a new global economy “powered bytechnology, fueled by information and driven byknowledge.” So this is the age of information. Thebasic requirement in this information age is tointegrate modern forms of information andcommunication technologies (ICT) into education. Thecontext for education is becoming global and ICT isbeing used to increase access to education—of coursewith the quality. Usefulness of ICTs can be judged byway of its usage in various countries as one of thebasic things to make teaching and learning moreinteresting. This ICT includes radio, television, video,DVD, telephone (both fixed line and mobile phones),satellite systems, computer and network hardwareand software, not only the equipment but also theservices associated with it may be taken as ICT.Through the integration of these technologies, thecommunication becomes more seamless.

In this connection multimedia is a term frequentlyheard and discussed among educational technologiststoday. Multimedia merges multiple levels of learninginto an educational tool that allows for diversity incurricula presentation. Besides being a powerful toolfor making presentations, multimedia offers uniqueadvantages in the field of education, e.g. in teachinggeography, a teacher cannot make a mountain or seaalive in a classroom. Multimedia enables us to providea way by which learners can experience their subjectin a vicarious manner. The multimedia is a combinationof text, audio, video and animated graphics which isvery user-friendly. Multimedia enables learning tobecome fun and friendly without fear or failure.

The ICTs can be divided into two groups: traditionalor old ICTs (namely, radio and TV) and the new ICTs(namely, the Internet and telecommu-nications).Learning through new ICTs is also known as e-learning.* Asst. Professor of Commerce, Netaji Subhas Open

University, Kolkata

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 50: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011136

And the e-learning has enormous potential, especiallyin developing countries. The most effective e-learningpackages employ a number of communication media.Basically, these learning packages are theamalgamation of text, print, audio or video material.We may call e-learning as online learning too.

Impact of the Information Technology on HigherEducation

Old NewThe student went to the Uni- The University goes toversity studentsKnowledge imparted for sake Knowledge is a serviceof information industryThe provider is government Government as well as private

providerLimited access Access to all

Advantages of E-learning1. Access to the learning programme anytime

convenient to the learner.2. Learners can be at any place to log on. ICT-

enhanced learning is also “just-in-time” learning inwhich learners can choose what to learn when theyneed to learn it.

3. Equity of access to learners of all parts of society.4. No time spent on commuting to class and no

travel cost.5. Enhanced group collaboration means ICT-

supported learning encourages interaction andcooperation among students, teachers, and expertsregardless of where they are.

6. New educational approaches can be used. Forexample, faculty from anywhere in the world, facultyteams with different specialities can be put togetherand innovations of teachers can be shared amongthemselves for improvement and adaptation.

7. Computer-assisted instruction (CAI) progra-mmes are able to generate and solve problems,diagnose students’ misconceptions, select appro- priateteaching strategies and carry on dialogueswith students based on in-depth studies by researcherson how people think, learn and solve problems.

However, these advantages are out of reach inmost developing countries, where power andtelecommunication facilities are poor, where resourcesand well trained teachers are scarce. We shall examinenow how and where ICTs, both new and old, canenhance education for all.

● Radio & TV : One-to-many broadcasttechnologies like radio and television have enormouspotential to reach the mass. Through this media thelearners can receive their lesson at their workplace.

● The Internet : The Internet is a network ofnetworks, providing opportunities for inquiry-basedlearning where teachers and students are able toaccess some of the world’s largest informationarchives. Students and teachers are able to connectwith each other, learn flexibly, and collaborate withothers around the world. Generally speaking,geographical distance is no longer a barrier. Teachingstrategies and resources can be shared throughcommunication with other educators and may beintegrated across the curriculum.

● Mobile learning : The mobile devices are verysmall and almost fit into the hand. They are easilyportable. Learners can interact with their peers andwith their teachers. Their lower cost, mobility, generalavailability makes them more suitable to engagelearners in individualizing learning. The any time,anywhere communication enhances lifelong learning.

● Video-conferencing : Bringing the world intoclassroom through this technology is becomingincreasingly more popular. Face to face interaction isalso possible in this case.

So the use of ICT in education can change the wholelearning process.

Impact of the ICT on learning processOld New

Conducted at fixed places Receive in own spaceConducted at fixed time Receive in own timeFace to face tutoring Audiovisual, e-mailClassroom based assessment On-line assessmentFixed entry and exit Flexible entry and exitOne to many One to one, one to many

Therefore, technologies in Education are not asingle technology but a complex combination ofvarious medium. The dawn of the information ageand the emergence of ‘e-learning’ offer opportunitiesto develop new educational experiences outside thetraditional system and, as a result, the new-age workforce will find convenient methods to increase theirknowledge. The net effect is that as customers, thepotential learners will have more flexibility and choiceas to time, location, provider, pace and cost oflearning. Education technology has the potential toprovide equal learning opportunities.

Role of the teacher in ICT environmentWith the emerging technologies, the teaching

profession is evolving from an emphasis on teacher-centred, lecture-based instruction to student-centred,interactive learning environments. The role of theteachers has changed from knowledge transmitter tothat of learning facilitator, knowledge guide, and co-learner with the students in ICT environment. The

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 51: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 137

modern teacher in the ICT era acts as a guide rather thana knowledge transmitter. In fact, with the introductionof ICTs in the classroom, the teacher’s role in thelearning process becomes more complicated.

The role of students, in turn, also expands. Studentshave greater responsibility for their own learning in thisenvironment. And since ICTs can open up theclassroom to the outside world, the community can alsoplay a new role in the classroom. Wireless, seamless,anytime, anywhere communication is now possible,and we must be prepared for the changes. But weshould remember that the technology can’t teach. Onlythe human resource or a teacher can teach. The techno-logy has the ability to increase the quality of a teacher.

In this age of rapid change and uncertainty, thereis one thing of which we can be certain, — teachers willneed to adapt to change if they are to survive and keeppace with new methods and technologies. Yes, we aretalking about the use of Information and Commu-nications Technologies (ICT) in education. The relevantquestion is : What kind of skills the teachers should havein order to be effective in an ICT environment?

The teachers should adapt current teaching skillsand practice to accommodate the introduction of ICT.These changes are teaching methodology, assessmentof learning, student tracking, communication, andevaluation. As a teacher I feel that the students are moreacquainted with ICT than a teacher, and teachersmostly use ICTs for ‘routine tasks’ like record keeping,development of lesson plan, presentation of

information, basic information searches on theInternet).

SuggestionsAs educators the teachers should first decide their

goals and objectives based on educational approachesthat integrates ICT. The goal must be in line with thechanges in education and the learning environment.For implementation of ‘Technology in Education’following factors are to be considered:

● ICT infrastructure● Training of the teacher to use ICT for imparting

education● Connectivity through internet/broadband.Adequate time must be allowed for teachers to

develop new skills, explore their integration into theirexisting teaching practices and curriculum, andundertake necessary additional lesson planning, ifICTs are to be used effectively.

ConclusionAt the end it may be said that educational

technology, when properly used, can provide meansfor efficient man-making and effective learning.Technology enables the teacher to transmit moreinformation to a larger number of students in a shortertime. Technology enhanced distance education canaccelerate the transformation of India to a knowledgesociety. In this context, the EDUSAT will also help a lotto take education to the doorsteps of the learners. ❐

fees paid by the students are also determined by thegovernment from time to time (through agencies likeFee Fixation Committees). Unlike the customers ofInfosys, what is the role of the customer of theeducational institute, that is, the student, in humanresource valuation? Thus, the human resourcevaluation in an educational institution, in the presentscenario, seems like more of a “statutory valuation”(something like the Statutory Minimum Priceannounced by the government for agriculturalproducts) rather than a “market valuation.”

3. There is another interesting way to discover thehuman resource valuation for a company like Infosys.Its market capitalization, as on 31st March 2008 forinstance, was Rs.82,362 crores. Value of its tangibleand monetary assets as on the same date was Rs.13795crores, implying that the balance value of Rs. 68,567crores was in the form of intangible assets like brandvalue, human resource value etc. We can, thus, sayfor sure that there is a significant valuation of humanresources of Infosys, as is acknowledged by the

shareholders and that is reflected in the marketcapitalization of the company on a given date. But inabsence of listing, again, there is no “market” basisfor valuation of the human resources of an educationalinstitution.

ConclusionGiven the current scenario in the education

industry in terms of its widely regulated environment,it is a bit difficult to apply the Lev and Schwartz Modelfor human resource valuation in educationalinstitutions. Yet there can be a case, in line with the ITindustry, for application of the Lev and SchwartzModel, provided alternatives are found out for somebasic issues like the cost of capital. In the days to come,when the corporate would participate actively in theeducational industry, when we will have listedcompanies in this sector, these issues would getresolved easily and there would emerge more logical,market-driven human resource valuation in theeducational industry. ❐

Contd. from page 126

COVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLECOVER ARTICLE

Page 52: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011138

Financial Inclusion : Current Status in IndiaV. Gopalan*

‘Financial inclusion’ is aimed at delivery of banking and financial services at affordable costs to the un-banked sectionsof disadvantaged and low income segments of society so as to unlock their savings and investment potential. Thereasons for ‘financial exclusion’ may vary from country to country though it is not disputed by any that ‘financialinclusion’ is the only solution for lifting the financial conditions and standards of the poor and downtrodden.

With respect to the banking sector, as thebanking services are in the nature of publicgood, it is only fair that the government

provides unrestricted access of all the bankingfacilities to the entire population without anydiscrimination. ‘Financial inclusion’ has now becomea fancy word for many central banks among thedeveloping nations. No doubt the banking networkhas been expanding rapidly over the past few yearsin India but there are still difficulties in bringing theentire over 6 lac villages under the umbrella ofbanking coverage. ‘Financial inclusion’ is integral tothe inclusive growth process and sustainabledevelopment of any country. It is also essential thatthe ‘financial inclusion’ models that banks come upwith should be replicable and viable across thecountry.

Financial Inclusion in UK and USAThe financial inclusion task force in UK identified

three priority areas and they are: (a) access to banking;(b) access to affordable credit; and (c) access to freeface to face advisory services. To meet these minimumrequirements of financial inclusion, the UKgovernment had taken initiatives such as CreditUnions, Post Office Card Account, Savings Gateway,Community Finance Learning Initiatives, etc. In USA,a civil rights law, viz. Community Reinvestment Act,prohibits discrimination by banks against low andmoderate income neighborhoods. The Act alsoimposes continuing obligations on banks to serve theneeds for the credit and banking services of all thecommunities in which they are chartered. Similarlythere are enactments in all other advanced countrieson these lines.

RBI plansWith the aim of shifting the focus to mass banking

compared to then prevailing class banking, the Indiangovernment nationalized the banking sector. RBI iscurrently working on a three year financial inclusionplan as nearly 40 years after nationalisation of banks,60% of the country’s population does not have bankaccounts and nearly 90% do not get loans, as

acknowledged by Shri KC Chakrabarty, DeputyGovernor, RBI. He has stated that RBI will encouragenew models of banking that are more connected topeople. It is expected that the conventional brick andmortar branches will soon be a thing of the past.Instead, technology will play a major role in helpingbanks to intensify coverage and RBI has offered toencourage such new models of banking and play therole of a facilitator.

In her speech delivered in World Bank in June 2010,the RBI Deputy Governor, Smt Usha Thorat, said thatthe case for financial inclusion is not based on theprinciple of equity alone but access to affordable andstable banking services are required for inclusivegrowth. Achieving financial inclusion in a country likeIndia with a large and diverse population withsignificant segments in rural and unorganised sectorsrequires a high level of penetration by the formalfinancial system. Even in areas that are well coveredby banks, there are sections of society excluded fromthe banking system. Political and social stability alsodrive financial inclusion. As stated by her, financialinclusion is not merely providing microfinance. Itrepresents access to savings, loans, remittances andinsurance services. RBI has been taking the financialinclusion as a priority task and steps initiated by RBIand the Government of India are broadly coveredhereunder.

Financial regulation and financial inclusionIt is not possible to have sound and reliable deposit

taking entities and a deposit insurance systemwithout financial regulation. Cooperative banks,deposit taking non-banking financial companies andregional rural banks highlighted the risks of poorgovernance, connected lending, geographicconcentration leading to vulnerability to naturalcalamities and downturns. Small entities also tendto absorb disproportionate share of supervisoryresources. Also, adoption of information andcommunication technology solutions that are* FCA, AICWA, ACS, MD, Janhar Management

Consultancy Pvt Ltd, Chennai

ISSUES IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENTISSUES IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENTISSUES IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENTISSUES IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENTISSUES IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Page 53: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 139

essential for accessing mainstream payments systemrequires larger investments and these often proveto be too onerous for small entities and render themuncompetitive. RBI follows a 3-tiered regulatoryapproach – ‘non-Basle’ approach for regional ruralbanks and rural cooperatives with the objective ofensuring positive net worth, ‘Basle-I’ for urbancooperative banks and ‘Basle II’ for commercial banks.For non-banking deposit taking entities, that don’tenjoy deposit insurance or offer savings/checkingaccounts, a simpler regulatory framework, albeit withhigher capital ratios, is adopted.

Mandated priority sector lendingCredit extended by banks to SHGs, microfinance

institutions, to NBFCs for on-lending to priority sectorand to regional rural banks for agriculture and alliedactivities has been included by RBI in the definitionof priority sector. Investments made by banks insecuritised assets—representing loans to variouscategories of priority sector which are originated bybanks and financial institutions—are also included inpriority sector.

Linking branch licensing approvals to financialinclusion fulfillment

A license from RBI is required to be obtained foropening a bank branch. Approvals for branch licensesin more lucrative centres are linked to the number ofbranches opened in underbanked districts and States,as also other factors such as fulfilling priority sectorobligations, offering no frills accounts and otherparameters to gauge achievements in financialinclusion and in customer service.

KYC regulations is a challenge to financialinclusion

In a country where most of the low income andpoor people do not have any document of identity orproof of address, it is very difficult to have KYC normsthat insist on such documents. At the same time, toensure integrity of financial transactions, it isnecessary that each customer is properly identifiedbefore accounts are opened. In rural areas, this isaddressed by identification by local officials andrequiring a photograph of the account holder. Drivesfor financial inclusion locally have been achieved inIndia through active involvement of government inthe identification process.

Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI)Banks could benefit by synchronizing opening of

accounts for those who will be enrolled through thisexercise. Government is also looking into the

possibility of converting food and fertilizer subsidiesinto cash payments which will flow through bankaccounts. This project is a unique opportunity toleverage UID, bank accounts and mobile telephonyservices. Using UID for fulfilling KYC for small valueaccounts will facilitate financial inclusion. In acountry with deep penetration of mobile phones,this is expected to give a boost to the financialinclusion while ensuring the integrity of financialtransactions.

Business Correspondents & Branchless bankingRBI issued the Business Correspondent Guidelines

in 2006, to pave the way for branchless bankingthrough agents to cover the over 6 lacs un-bankedvillages. The guidelines allowed, for the first time,commercial banks to offer simple savings loan andremittance products through agents, who wereallowed to undertake banking transactions, including‘cash in cash out’ transactions at locations closer tothe customers. Initially, the regulations restrictedthe entities that could act as business correspondentsto “not for profit” entities such as NGOs/cooperativespost offices, etc. Now, individuals such as retiredgovernment officials, school teachers, defencepersonnel as also “for profit” local “mom and pop”shops, petrol pump/public call office operatorsetc. are allowed to be Business Correspondents.

To summarise and to borrow the words of RBIDeputy Governor Smt Usha Thorat, the Indianexperience demonstrates that financial inclusion canwork within the framework of mainstream bankingwithin a sound regulatory framework. Regulationshave been used to facilitate financial inclusion withoutsubventions or compromising on prudential andfinancial integrity norms. The preference has been torestrict deposit taking to banks and non-bank financialcompanies are encouraged to focus on innovativeapproaches to lending under a lighter regulatoryframework, with additional regulations forsystemically important NBFCs entities. Non-bankingnon-financial players are encouraged to be partnersand agents of banks rather than principal providersof financial services. Fair and transparent code ofconduct, enforced through an effective grievanceredressal system and facilitated by financial literacyand education, are the cornerstones for ensuringconsumer protection—which is an overarchingobjective of financial regulation in the context offinancial inclusion.

Miles to go before we reach the set goals but theball is set in motion! ❐

ISSUES IN FINANCE MANAGEMENTISSUES IN FINANCE MANAGEMENTISSUES IN FINANCE MANAGEMENTISSUES IN FINANCE MANAGEMENTISSUES IN FINANCE MANAGEMENT

Page 54: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011140

Of High Tea, Technical assistance and the Pilgrim’sProgress – Interpretation of words & phrases in ServiceTax Law P. Ravindran*

The word of Almighty God stands for ever, asproclaimed in all the religious scriptures in theworld. But the words and phrases of man are

as diverse in meaning as they are prone to change.And men do not at times agree with one another ontheir own words.

Meanings may change depending upon thecontext, time and circumstance. It may also be affectedby the compelling need to deliver justice. Thus, thewords and phrases even of statutory legislation haveno immunity from change and no assured longevity.Immutability of statutory legislations is also not verydesirable, on grounds of functional utility and socialneed. The Courts and Tribunals will neverthelessdebate and interpret the legal meaning of words andphrases which are in dispute before them. Thelanguage and meaning of statutory words and phrasesinvolved in litigation are the colorful stuff of life inlaw. Prospects of life may even come to depend onthe legal meaning assigned to particular words andphrases.

I remember a case that was decided in a HighCourt, some time ago. The issue was whether agranddaughter of a freedom fighter was eligible foran MBBS admission in the state medical college underthe quota for the children of freedom fighters. Therelevant authority adopting a technical and literalapproach rejected the application as she was a grand-daughter and not a daughter. Surprisingly, theHon’ble Court agreed with the government action andruled that grandchildren were not covered in the term“children”. This was unfortunate as the quota, as itcontinued to exist, could not have covered childrenfor education purposes, as any such children musthave gotten too old for enrolment in colleges,particularly, medical colleges. The continuing benefitcould realistically have applied only to the grandchildren. In the United States, they have been luckierin the interpretation of grandchildren vs children. InWalton vs Cotton (U.S), in a matter involving apension statute, it was held that “children” wouldinclude “grandchildren” – (Crawford’s StatutoryConstruction – 1998 edition, section 350, page 720).

The Service Tax Law abounds in descriptions ofvarious words and phrases. The legal meaning of thesewords and phrases may at times become uncertainor clouded, owing to any of the following factors :

● Insufficient precision in drafting● Doubtful categorization● Extensive nature of the definition● Variance with popular or market parlance● Technical or Scientific character of the

definitions● Executive ‘spin’ on such definitions.Sometimes the meaning of the words and phrases

may be affected by the march of time and theconcomitant development of technology. For example,in an English case, a particular legislation called theShops Act, 1950, contained a provision that the shopswere to be ‘closed for the serving of customers’ on aSunday. A launderette was open and in use on Sunday,but no staff were present. The washing machines wereall coin operated and available for use by customersowing to the development in technology that madeoperation of washing machines through coin insertionfeasible. On the question whether the shop violated thestatutory requirement to be closed for the serving ofcustomers on a Sunday, it was held that the requirementin the statute was confined to personal service and therewas no contravention (Bennion on StatutoryInterpretation – 5th edition 2008 – page 906). A classiccase in India where the march of technology has shownup tax systems to be inadequate or outdated is theInformation technology/computer software and itsmore recent version of electronic downloads. Thedispute whether computer software especially theelectronic download is goods or service is still debatedand no final word has emerged so far. E-commerce andinternet music & video downloads pose toughchallenges to tax systems.

The definitions of words and phrases in the ServiceTax Law have engendered difficulties as the activitiestaxed are often the stuff of evolving trends in businessand industry. Some services are relatively new to theeconomy itself. Sometimes, the tax meanings havetended to be at variance with the popular under-standing and practice. The Courts and Tribunals areincreasingly forced to wade into the interpretation ofsuch words and phrases. In this article, we turn thespotlight on certain words and phrases used in theService Tax Law and how they have been interpretedin litigation.* B.Sc, PGDM (Germany), M.L, (PhD), Advocate—

Indirect Taxes & IPRs

TAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUES

Page 55: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 141

(A) “High Tea”In the interesting case of Welcome Hotel vs CCE,

Vadodara – 2009 (13) STR 375 – (Tribunal –Ahmedabad), the issue was whether High Tea was asubstantial and satisfying meal. The assessee hadclaimed abatement from the assessable value underthe relevant notification which stipulated arequirement that for the abatement to be allowed, thefood served should be a substantial and satisfyingmeal. The statutory notification did not of coursedefine what a substantial and satisfying meal was andit does not do so even today. Naturally, thedepartment was not amused and evidently theythought that a high tea was neither satisfying norsubstantial. Perhaps the department had equatedHigh Tea with the afternoon functional slice of sweet,savory and some coffee served at , say, a transfer orretirement day felicitations at their offices. TheTribunal had to deal with this ‘savory’ dispute. Itheld, after a lucid discussion, that the high tea is aconcept associated with early evening meal and doesnot amount to providing simple tea or coffee. TheTribunal held that the high tea is a replacement ofdinner and equivalent to it. Thus, high tea was heldto be a substantial and satisfying food, being in thenature of an early evening dinner. The High Tea nowstands elevated in status—thanks to the Service TaxDepartment’s exertions.

(B) “Technical assistance”There are some taxable services in Service Tax Law

which employ the words ‘advice, consultancy andtechnical assistance’. The examples are ConsultingEngineering Service, and Interior Decorator Service.Often, disputes arose as to what exactly was meantby advice, consultancy and technical assistance. Aleading case on this issue is JYOTHI LIMITED vsCOMMISSIONER OF C.EX., VADODARA – 2008 (9)S.T.R. 373 (Tri.—Ahemadabad). The Tribunal heldin this case that to “render an advice” means to givean opinion or to make a recommendation regardinga decision or course of conduct. “Consulting” meansseeking information or advice from a person or to takecounsel. “Technical assistance” means providingassistance on the basis of special skill and knowledgebut will not include actual performance of work”. TheTribunal was categorical that execution of work is notwithin the scope of terms such as “advice, consultancyand technical assistance”.

The ratio has come handy for the Tribunal to rulethat in Interior Decorator Service for example, thenature of taxable activity will not include civil worksand where the contract includes such work the taxableactivity falls elsewhere and not under Interior

Decorator Service. In another interesting case, theTribunal in LAKSHMI AUTOMATIC LOOM WORKSLTD. Vs COMMR. OF C. EX., CHENNAI – 2007 (7)S.T.R. 435 (Tri.—Chennai) had laid down that adviceand consultancy do not involve physical work andthe word ‘technical assistance’ being in Ejusdemgeneris with advice and consultancy cannot involvephysical work such as repairs, maintenance orservicing.

(C) Of confusion perennial in “AND”, “OR”:Often, the statutory provisions employ the

expressions “and” as well as “or” and confusion setsin as to whether the meaning separates or unites theparts of sentences where these words are present. Ahot topic is the use of the word “or” in Rule 14 ofCENVAT Credit Rules, 2004, which reads as follows:

“Recovery of CENVAT Credit wrongly taken orerroneously refunded —

“Where the CENVAT credit has been taken orutilized wrongly or has been erroneously refunded,the same along with interest shall be recovered fromthe manufacturer or the provider of the output serviceand the provisions of sections 11A and 11AB of theExcise Act or sections 73 and 75 of the Finance Act,shall apply mutatis mutandis for effecting suchrecoveries”.

The Service Tax Department by claiming that theword “or” (emphasis added) as used has a disjunctiveeffect has actively sought to penalize even a meretaking of wrong credit, even though such purportedwrong credit may not have been utilized at all by theassessee concerned or may have been reversed in theaccounts without having been utilized. In the case ofCOMMISSIONER OF CENTRAL EXCISE,PONDICHERRY vs SUPERFIL PRODUCTS – 2010(20) S.T.R. 279 (Tri.—Chennai), the CESTAT hasfinally hit the nail on the head by holding that thephrase “taken or utilized” should be interpreted as“taken and utilized”. This case along with othersimilar decisions on this issue should bring relief tothe hundreds of assessees who have been issued showcause notices demanding interest on credit just takenwithout ever having been utilized. The Tribunalverdict should put paid to the unfairness in theinterpretation of the Service Tax Department whichhas forgotten the original purpose behind the conceptof statutory interest. The interest is based on thedoctrine of compensation under which thegovernment should be reimbursed its loss equivalentto potential interest gain when the tax-payer remitsthe tax belatedly or utilizes CENVAT crediterroneously for tax adjustment. A mere taking ofcredit without utilization cannot be said to deprive

TAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUES

Page 56: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011142

the Revenue of any lawful gain. The credit taken,even if erroneous, remains a book entry and does notconstitute any loss to the government unless and untilit is utilized by the assessee.

(D) Another case on the effect of the word “AND”—Clearing and Forwarding agent

The service tax department tried to read the “and”in the taxable service of Clearing and Forwarding agentas meaning “or” and accordingly proceeded. The viewof the department was approved by the Tribunal in thecase of MEDPRO PHARMA PVT LTD vs CCE,CHENNAI – 2006 (3) STR 355 ( Tribunal LB) which saidin colorful and compelling mixed metaphor that “likethe legendary Trishanku, the word “and” is danglingbetween ‘clearing and ‘forwarding’, (neither divorcinghim from the Heavens nor from the Earth), and thateven if forwarding service alone was rendered or ifanyone of such services was rendered, it would attractservice tax. The “Trishanku Swarg” was straightenedby the High Court of Punjab & Haryana in the case ofCOMMISSIONER OF C.EX, PANCHKULA vsKULCIP MEDICINES (P) LTD – 2009 (14) STR 608when it held that the word “and” in the phrase “clearingand forwarding” has to be understood in a conjunctivesense only.

(E) Manager vs Management consultantSometimes, the management consulting firms take

over the management of the entity itself and in suchcases, the question of service tax liability underManagement Consultant Service would not arise. Theleading case on this is BASTI SUGAR MILLS CO. LTD.vs COMMISSIONER OF C.EX. ALLAHABAD – 2007(7) S.T.R. 431 (Tri.—Del.). In this case, the Tribunalhas held that an “ocean” separates a manager from amanagement consultant as would separate aperformer from an adviser or coach and that anagreement entrusting the operation of a factory is notin the nature of an advisory or consulting service inorder to attract service tax liability under ManagementConsultant service.

The Tribunal benches have been generallyconsistent in testing the essence of the contracts tofind out whether they are contracts for operation andperformance with any other service activities such asmaintenance or advice being merely incidentalthereto. The Tribunal has generally held that suchcontracts for operation and performance in the main,say, a factory or a power plant, will not attract servicetax liability.

(F) The meaning of “Cargo”In SAINIK MINING & ALLIED SERVICE LTD.

vs COMMISSIONER OF C.EX., CUS. & S.T., BBSR —2008 (9) S.T.R. 531 (Tribunal Kolkata), the Tribunal

held that the word “cargo” in commercial parlancemeans one which is carried as freight in ship, plane,rail or truck. By relying on this interpretation, theTribunal ruled out the activity of mechanical transferof coal from coalface to tippers and subsequenttransportation within the mining area from comingwithin the purview of cargo handling service.

(G) The meaning of “Plant”Taxable services such as Erection, Commissioning

and Installation and Works contract service , inter alia,cover plant, equipment etc. In the case of INDIANHUME PIPE CO LTD vs CCE, TRICHY – 2008 (12)STR 363 (Tribunal Chennai), the CESTAT whileruling that laying pipeline does not fall under theservice of erection, commissioning and installation ofplant etc, held that Plant in popular usage means “acluster of buildings or a building in which machineryare installed, usually for the manufacture of goods”.

(H) “Abacus learning” is recreationIn FAST ARIT METIC vs ASST COMMISSIONER

OF CENTRAL EXCISE & SERVICE TAX,MANGALORE — 2010 (17) STR 158 (TribunalBangalore), The Tribunal gave a boost to Abacusteaching by holding that Abacus training creates aninterest in children for the difficult subject ofmathematics and makes maths learning enjoyable. TheTribunal went on to state that when an activity is donefor enjoyment it is called recreational and thatRecreation need not be confined to playing somegames or watching TV. The issue was whether abacuslearning was a recreational activity in which case theassessee would be entitled to an exemption undercommercial training and coaching service.

(I) The meaning of “Tour”In the interesting case of USHA BRECO LTD vs

CCE, MEERUT-1 – 2006 (4) STR 88 ( Tribunal Delhi),the issue was whether a 4-km transit road journeybetween ropeway gondola boarding points was ataxable “tour” and whether the transport operator wasa taxable person as “tour operator”. The pilgrims usedthe ropeway gondolas to visit the temples. Thedepartment relied on the literal definition of “tour”in the law that “tour’ is a journey from one place toanother, irrespective of the distance between suchplaces”. The Tribunal noted the ‘Pilgrim’s progress’to the temples and said that there cannot be a ‘tour’between two boarding points of a transport hub andthat if there was a ‘tour’ at all, it was the pilgrimageto the temples concerned. The Tribunal also held thatthe transit is merely incidental to the tour which wasthrough the ropeway gondolas. The ropeway journeyswere not the same as those performed in tourist

Contd. to Page 145

TAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUESTAXATION ISSUES

Page 57: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 143

TCM—The Most Powerful ToolD. Muthamizh Vendan Murugavel*

In the market-oriented economy, organizations arestriving to offer customers maximum value atminimum possible price. Since they have more

control over cost than price, the obvious option is toturn towards cost management to address theseemingly paradoxical situation of offering morevalue at lesser price and still maintain profitability.This call on cost management required an integratedapproach, involving both strategic and operationalareas, a system that pervaded through theorganization, horizontally as well as vertically. TotalCost Management (TCM) rose to this call.

Total Cost Management is a company-widesystematic and structured approach, which providesa holistic framework to control, reduce and eliminatecosts—throughout the value chain. This process ofmanaging the financial outcome of activitiesencompasses all operations, internal and external. Forthese reasons, TCM is one of the most powerful toolsthat corporations can wield in their quest forcompetitive advantage.

Generally, TCM is defined as proactive real-timeand continuous engagement of cost managementpractices throughout the design process. Althoughteam members may use milestone estimates, they areprimarily meant to demonstrate that containmentstrategies have been successfully employed.

Total Cost Management—A Great OpportunityIncreased global competition has forced companies

to think aggressively about effective cost management.A low cost high quality product has become an objectof desire, to gain a competitive edge. It is essentialthat cost management addresses not just individualactivities or cost centres but the entire value chain.

The CII-L. M. Thapar Centre for Competitivenessuses a two pronged strategy for implementation ofTCM framework. First, the Centre conducts a prelimi-nary study to access the scope of Total Cost Manage-ment in any organisation. Based on the same, the Centresubmits a detailed proposal, including technical andcommercial aspects and a road map for the TCM study.On acceptance of the proposal, the Centre commencesthe TCM study. TCM is a management planning andcontrol system to be adopted by enterprises to enhancetheir competi-tiveness. It involves :

● Identifying and measuring the cost of resourcesconsumed in performing the significantactivities of the firm.

* Assistant Professor, PG & Research Department ofCommerce, Gobi Arts & Science College, Gobi,Tamil Nadu, India

● Determining the efficiency and effectiveness of theactivities performed. Identifying, evaluating andimplementing the most appropriate methodo-logies to enhance the competitiveness of the firmwith a view to achieving long-term leadership.

● Selecting and implementing various tools ofcost management as appropriate to thestrategies and operations of the business.

“If you cannot measure, you cannot manage”Cost measurement is the key to manage costs.

Good practice in Total Cost Management involvesaccounting and applying cost information to providerelevant cost and performance measurement with anobjective of enabling organizations to deliverincreased value to customers. Cost measurement alsofacilitates better understanding of application ofresources in the activities, behavior of products/processes and, ultimately, the profitability achieved.

TCM tools can be applied to achieve the objectiveof cost management through precise cost measure-ment.

Objectives of Total Cost ManagementTotal Cost Management (TCM) is the effective

application of professional and technical expertise toplan and control resources, costs, profitability and risk.Simply stated, TCM is a systematic approach to manag-ing cost throughout the life cycle of any enterprise,program, facility, project, product or service.

● To develop the ABC (Activity Based Costing)model for costing

● Preserving narrow profit margins and enablingtimely availability of low cost finance and costcompetitiveness

● Identify and establish product cost● Method to reduce the prices without reducing

the value● Identification of profitable products and the

profit margins● Identify most profitable customer segment● Ability to make correct buy decisionsWhy TCM study?Any TCM study is necessitated to answer the

following questions :● What are our product costs and their profitability?

COSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUES

Page 58: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011144

● Can we reduce our prices and yet increasecustomer value?

● What are our profitable products and what arethe profits?

● Which are our profitable customer segments?● How well-informed are our sourcing decisions?● Do our costs go up despite cost cutting efforts?The answers to the above questions will enable the

organisation to focus on the right products/servicesand markets and thereby improve the bottomline.

Background and Literature SurveyThe extant literature indicates that cost manage-

ment systems of world-class manufacturers play aunique role. The focal point of such systems is toprovide needed support for company-wide strategicplanning and revitalization (Shank and Fisher, 1999).Advanced manufacturers must adopt an integratedcost planning approach with their market-basedstrategic product development. World-class manufac-turers perform extensive cost planning to managecosts through cost reduction at the product designand development stage. The fact that most costdecisions are made prior to production in theengineering design, prototype and vendor sourcingstages is the basis for this emphasis. This is the stagewhere many decisions are made that will eventuallydetermine environmental costs.

Cost planning activities generally involve valueengineering and target costing analyses. Valueengineering examines the functions that products areto perform and then evaluates those functions withrespect to customer demands and function costs(Monden and Hamada, 1991). Value engineering goesbeyond the analysis of production costs and includesthe analysis of a product’s entire life-cycle todetermine the cost implications of design and productdevelopment decisions in a particular product.

In addition, target cost analysis is often used togather information and to foster commitment from alldepartments involved. Each new product, or majorrevision of an existing product, will be developed basedon cross-functional input from sales and marketing,engineering design, engineering production, and costmanagement. The formal target cost is jointlydetermined by all functions involved which is setbetween the allowable cost based on customers’expectation and the potential cost based on the currenttechnology and production methods (Monden, 1989).As a result, the purposes of designating target costsare to encourage cost reduction and control and toachieve the corporation’s strategic goals (Chen et al.1997a). In addition, target costing supports activity-based costing to develop the cost of quality data thatpromote quality being designed into products(Anderson and Sedatole, 1998).

To meet the challenge of environmental conser-vation and waste management, world class manufac-turers must include environment policies into theirstrategically oriented integrated systems (Hunt andAuster, 1990; Stratton, 1991). Studies of technologicallyintensive companies have shown that the key toachieving a sustainable competitive advantage is soundmanagement of technological innovation. Techno-logical innovation programs should be an element ofa company’s overall business strategy and uniteactivities in all functional areas including R&D, productdesign, process design, manufacturing, marketing andenvironmental preservation (Burgelman andMaidique, 1988, Tushman and Moore, 1988). TCMcreates the environment for cross-disciplinarycooperation and manages the process towardinnovation and environmental preservation. Inaddition, TCM provides tools to incorporate changesin the views of business ethics and social responsibility(Chen et al, 1997b).

Essential Total Cost Management ToolsActivity Based CostingA method of measuring the cost and performance

of activities and cost objects (the reason for performingan activity—product, service, customers, etc.). Thismethod assigns cost to activities based on their use ofresources (machinery, manpower etc.) and assignscost to cost objects based on their use of activities.Activity Based Costing (ABC) is an informationsystem that provides cost and non-financialinformation about activities and cost objects to helpidentify impro-vement areas and plot safe courses ofsolutions to these problems.

Features of ABC● Improvement in performance of activities with

cost as the focus● At the top management level, it helps determine

product-Wise/customer-wise/dealer-wiseprofitability

● At an operational level, ABC helps identifyimprovemental activities.

Activity Based ManagementUsing ABC to improve a business is called activity-

based management (ABM). It draws on ABC as a majorsource of information. ABM is a management analysistool that brings the full benefits of ABC to theorganisation. This is a discipline that focuses on themanagement of activities as the route to continuouslyimproving value received by the customers and theprofit achieved by providing this value.

Features of ABM● It identifies opportunities for improvement● It identifies and helps in eliminating non-value

added activities

COSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUES

Page 59: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 145

● Deploys resources to activities that yieldmaximum benefit.

Target CostingTarget Costing is a structured approach to

determine the life cycle cost at which the proposedproduct with specified functionality and quality mustbe produced to generate the desired level ofprofitability when sold at its anticipated selling price.It starts with understanding what price the customerwill pay and sets target costs based on this price.

Features of Target Costing● Understanding market is the key● Target cost = Target selling price — target profit● Product is designed to meet a specific cost● Achieves target cost by value engineering/

supplier integration● Links engineering decisions to market

requirement● Delivers optimal value to end customers.Supply Chain ManagementSupply Chain Management (SCM) is the manage-

ment of a network of interconnected businessesinvolved in the ultimate provision of product andservice packages required by end customers. SupplyChain Management spans all movement and storageof raw materials, work-in-process inventory, andfinished goods from point of origin to point ofconsumption. It is not a “one-way” chain, but anetwork of stages which consists of all stagesinvolved in fulfilling customer demand, includesmanufacturers, external suppliers, vendors,transporters, warehouses, retailers and customers.

Components of Supply Chain ManagementA basic supply chain management system has five

components: 1) the plan, which refers to the overallstrategy of the SCM program including thedevelopment of SCM metrics to monitor; 2) the source,which refers to the suppliers who will provide youwith goods and services necessary for you to run yourbusiness; 3) the ‘make’ or manufacturing component,which refers to the execution of processes needed toproduce, test, and package your products or services;4) the delivery, which refers to the system for receivingorders from customers, developing a network ofwarehouses; getting the products to the customers;invoicing customers and receiving payment fromthem; and 5) the return, which is the system forprocessing customer returns and/or supportingcustomers with solutions to problems with the productsthey received.

ConclusionTCM is a continuous activity that is of strategic

and cultural priority. In contrast to traditional costreduction, with its emphasis on expedient and quickreductions in short-term costs in response toimmediate crises, TCM is part of a competitivestrategy that integrates technology and humanresource management strategies to provide a long-term approach to reducing costs.

Some of the important tools and techniques ofTotal Cost Management has been explained here.These TCM tools, when properly implemented, willprovide the organisation with the conceptualframework for effective management of its costs. ❐

vehicles so as to attract service tax liability. TheTribunal held that ‘tour’ cannot be conferred anartificial meaning as opposed to the commonunderstanding of the word.

(J) The meaning of “Royalty”Though intellectual property service transactions

stopping short of outright sale are taxable in ServiceTax Law, disputes abound. Royalty is an eye catcherfor the department. The department has assiduouslyattempted to tax royalty as a taxable service, in mostinstances without clearly establishing any underlyingintellectual property transactions. The leading caseon this field that has stood like a rock until veryrecently is NAVINON LTD vs CCE, MUMBAI- VI –2006 (3) STR 397 (Tribunal Mumbai). In this case, theTribunal has given a practical definition of whatroyalty is. It has been defined as “a share of profit bythe owner for permitting another person to use his

property”. In the same case, the Tribunal held thatroyalty for technical know-how is not a payment forany service. Recently, though, some Tribunal decisionshave been reported which seem to have held thatroyalty is taxable. It is curious to know that Navinonhas not been specifically overruled.

ConclusionThe Service Tax Law is contract—oriented and

activity-specific and is fast expanding with ever newerservices being brought under the tax. The lawmakershave to grapple with the breathless growth in theservice economy and define taxability. The economictrends keep changing, posing new legal challenges.However, the Courts and Tribunals have to dig deepin their interpretation tool-kit to deal with thesechallenges. For the tax department and the tax payersalike, facing legal battles in an expanding economy, itseems like the best of times and the worst of times. ❐

Contd. from Page 142

COSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUESCOSTING ISSUES

Page 60: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011146

An Analysis of Funds Management—Loan Disbursementand Recovery—A Case Study on Bhutan DevelopmentFinance Corporation Ltd. (BDFCL)

A. Prakash*Prof. Dr. Upauthus Selvaraj**

Bhutan Development Finance Corporation Ltd. is the only development bank in Bhutan. The main objective of thisdevelopment bank is to join hands with the Royal government of Bhutan to develop and promote agriculture andindustries range from small to large scale. The study is focused on sectoral flow of funds—disbursement and recoveryof loan, relationship between loan disbursement, loan recovery and non-performing assets. To this study, nine years’secondary data have been used. The tool that has been used is Elasticity of Coefficient which, as a dynamic ratio, helpsin judging the efficiency of management of funds. The ratio indicates the relationship with the scale of operations i.e.,the inflow and the outflow of funds to examine the mobility of funds.

* Senior Lecturer, Department of Management, WaljatColleges of Applied Sciences, Rusayl, Muscat, Sultanateof Oman.

** Department of Corporate Secretaryship, AlagappaUniversity, Karaikudi, Tamil Nadu

About Bhutan Development Finance CorporationLtd. (BDFCL)

Development banks are meant to developindustries, agriculture, and other key alliedsectors in a country by investing their

resources in productive economic activities. TheBDFCL was established through an Article ofIncorporation and commenced its operation from 3rd

Jan. 1988. Its primary aim is to promote the industrial,agricultural and commercial development in Bhutan.Its role is of a multipurpose development of thecountry. The Government holds 93.50 percent ofBDFC’s paid-up capital, while the other three financialinstitutions share the remaining 6.50 percent in theproportion of Bank of Bhutan 3.75 percent, RoyalInsurance Corporation 1.50 percent, and, BhutanNational Bank 1.25 percent. In order to achieve itsobjectives, across the kingdom, there are 22 branches,operating and monitoring through three majorregional offices such as western region – Paro, Centralregion – Trongsa, and Eastern region – Trashigang.

BDFCL operates through its two main divisions, i.e.,Agricultural Lending Department and IndustrialLending Department. In the agriculture sector, lendinghas been primarily related to microfinance through theGroup Guarantee Lending Scheme, Mobile Banking.Industrial lending consisting of various sectors viz.,trade and commerce, housing, manufacturing/industry, service and tourism, and transport (heavy).

Objectives of the study1. To study the efficiency of management of funds.2. To study the mobility of funds.3. To indicate a signal to the BDFCL adminis-

tration to investigate, in case of poor recoveryof loan and mounting of outstanding loan andnon-performing assets.

4. To analyse the sector-wise flow of funds interms of loan disbursement and loan recovery.

5. To study the relationship between loandisbursement and recovery of loan.

MethodologyThis study fully depends on secondary data. Nine

years’ annual report of the BDFCL has been taken forthis study (1996 – 2004). Elasticity of Co-efficient is usedas a tool. It is a dynamic ratio which will help in judgingthe efficiency of management of funds. The ratioindicates the relationship with the scale of operations,i.e., the inflow and the outflow of funds to examine themobility of funds. The elasticity concept alsodetermines whether change in recovery from loanscorresponds to change in the loans disbursed.

Analysis of Disbursements, Repayment, Out-standing Loans and NPA

The data collected for the period of 1996-2004,showing loans disbursed, recovered, outstanding andnon-performing assets of BDFCL is given in Table 1.A visual analysis shows that withdrawals have beenuniformly increasing along with the recovery of loans.Analysing the whole BDFCL’s loan disbursement overthe period 1996 to 2004, it can be seen thatdisbursements has increased from Nu. 99.68 millionto Nu. 436.84 million an overall increase of 338.24percent over the period from 1996 to 2004. Repaymenthas been satisfactory over the period, although for1996 the information is unavailable. The repaymentis improved from 1997 till 2004 (4.96 percent to 28.38percent of the total). Loans outstanding increased from6.32 percent in 1996 to 19.27 percent in 2004 andAlthough the rate of NPA has increased from 4.41

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE

Page 61: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 147

percent in 1996 to 19.74 percent in 2004 showed anoverall increasing trend.

In the agricultural lending department,disbursement increased from 4.75 percent to 20.44percent of the total during the period 1996 to 2004.Repayment is improved from 3.72 percent to 31.36percent and the outstanding loan is not as high as itwas expected. The percentage of NPA is less incomparison to industrial lending department.

The industrial sector lending’s distribution of loansis the higher in comparison to agricultural sectorlending. It increased from Nu. 53.66 million (2.65percent) to Nu. 953.10 million (47.01 percent) whichclearly shows the changed policy of the bank.Repayment has been all-time high in 2004 with 63.21percent of the total loans outstanding being repaid.Outstanding loans are within acceptable limits viz.,in the range of 6.02 percent to 20.55 percent for theperiod 1996 to 2004. The NPA in industrial sectorincreased from 3.50 percent in 1996 to 24.77 percentof the total NPA in 2004.

The overall visual analysis of the ratio of investmentin agriculture sector and industrial sector shows thatmajor emphasis has been given to the industrial sectorbut the repayment of loans is higher in agriculturalsector in comparison to industrial sector except for2004. The non-performing assets are also higher for theindustrial sector in relation to agriculture sector.

Elasticity CoefficientElasticity Coefficient is a dynamic ratio which helps

in judging the efficiency of management of funds. Theratio indicates the relationship with the scale ofoperations i.e., the inflow and the outflow of funds toexamine the mobility of funds. If the change is uniformin both the disbursements and recovery of loans, thenthe elasticity will be unity. If the two do not go handin hand then it indicates some problems in themanagement of funds.

Based on the elasticity concept, it can determinewhether change in recovery from loans by BDFCcorresponds to change in the loans disbursed. This isalso studied under the sectoral disbursement ofagricultural division and industrial division of BDFC.Recovery elasticity is calculated as :

dR1/R1Re = dR2/R2

dR1 R2= ¥

dR2 R1

where, Re = Recovery Elasticity CoefficientdR1 = Change in DisbursementdR2 = Change in RecoveryR1 = DisbursementR2 = Recovery

Analysis of the Elasticity CoefficientTable 4 shows the details of the computation of

the elasticity coefficient from 1996 to 2004. From thetable, it is found that, in 2001, the registered ‘Re’ factorwas more than one. This shows that the rate of changein disbursement is more than the rate of change inrecovery by BDFCL which shows that the loancollection was more efficient and so the flow of fundswas more than satisfactory. For 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,2002, 2003, and 2004, the ‘Re’ factor was less than oneand having negative rates. Here, the flow of fundswas poor and requires detailed investigation forimprovement. The years 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, and2004, though having ’Re’ value less than one, are farbetter than ‘Re’ factor of 1997 and 1998. Here themobility of the funds is satisfactory and there is scopefor improving the fund management.

On the other hand, under the agricultural sectorlending, it is the year 2002 which shows the ‘Re’ factorgreater than one which shows that the change indisbursement was more than the change in recovery.The years 2001 and 2003 showed positive ‘Re’ factorwhich means the mobility of funds has beensatisfactory over the years. The years 1997, 1998, 1999,2000 and 2004 showed negative ‘Re’ factor whichindicates that the flow of funds has been poor.

Elasticity Coefficient analysis of the industrial sectorloans and disbursements showed that in 2004 only the‘Re’ factor is higher than one where in the particularyear the change in disbursement has been all-time highand recovery of loans is all-time high which indicatedthat there has been efficient management of funds withthe change in policies of BDFCL. The years 1998, 1999,2000 and 2001 showed that the ‘Re’ factor is negative—indicating that either the change in disbursement hasbeen negative or change in recovery has been les thanprevious years. Here, the mobility of the funds needsto be investigated. In comparison, 1997, 2002 and 2003showed positive but less than one ‘Re’ factor—whichindicates that the mobility of funds are satisfactory andthere is scope of improving the fund management.

On the whole, the performance of the BDFCL hasbeen satisfactory except for the years where the ‘Re’factor is negative. This also reflects that the borrowerhas been repaying loans but the repayments are nothigh except for 2002. It also means that further efficientmanagement of funds is required in the agriculturesector as well as in the industrial sector.

ConclusionsThe study of the development bank in Bhutan

reveals that the performance of the bank has beensatisfactory over the period 1996 to 2004. The studiesunder the agriculture sector lending and industrialsector lending reveal that loans have been distributed

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE

Page 62: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011148

Table 4Recovery Elasticity of BDFCL

Year Disburse- Repay- Change in Change in Recoveryment ment Disbursement Recovery Elasticity(R1) (R2) (dddddR1) (dddddR2) (Re)

1996 99.68 N.A. 12.51 N.A. N.A.

1997 98.35 112.19 –1.33 112.19 –0.01

1998 113.62 97.02 15.27 –15.17 –0.86

1999 139.51 128.89 25.89 31.87 0.75

2000 171.40 165.40 31.89 36.51 0.84

2001 286.59 203.29 115.19 37.89 2.16

2002 451.20 401.78 164.61 198.49 0.74

2003 484.64 615.81 33.44 214.03 0.20

2004 436.84 518.08 –47.80 –97.73 0.58

proportionately and emphasis has been laid down onthe industrial sector lending. The visual analysis of thedata showed that the loan repayment is higher inagricultural sector in comparison to industrial sector.The proportion of NPA is rising at a higher rate inthe industrial sector in comparison to agriculture sector.

The recovery elasticity analysis reveals that

BDFCL’s recovery in 2001 and dismal in 1996. Onfurther analysis it was revealed that agricultural sectorhad been more satisfactory in management of fundsin comparison to the industrial sector. It means thatthe management of the funds needs to be re-examine—both the agriculture sector and industrial sectorlending, so that BDFCL can achieve its goals. ❐

APPENDIX

Table 2Loans Disbursed, Repayment, Outstanding and NPA of

BDFCL in Agricultural Sector(millions)Year Disbursement Repayment Outstanding NPA1996 46.02 0.00 143.39 24.00

(4.75) (0.00) (6.90) (6.62)1997 37.86 26.62 154.63 27.17

(3.91) (3.72) (7.44) (7.49)1998 53.82 43.25 165.20 30.99

(5.56) (6.05) (7.95) (8.55)1999 47.78 47.39 165.59 34.31

(4.93) (6.63) (7.97) (9.46)2000 84.20 66.41 183.38 42.01

(8.69) (9.29) (8.82) (11.59)2001 116.92 73.33 226.97 47.42

(12.07) (10.25) (10.92) (13.08)2002 188.20 103.75 311.42 49.34

(19.43) (14.51) (14.98) (13.61)2003 195.93 130.15 377.20 57.61

(20.23) (18.20) (18.15) (15.89)2004 197.99 224.26 350.93 49.71

(20.44) (31.36) (16.88) (13.71)Total 968.72 715.16 2078.71 362.56% (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00)

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE

Table 1Loans Disbursed, Repayment, Outstanding and NPA of

BDFCL (millions)Year Disbursement Repayment Outstanding NPA1996 99.68 N.A. 377.59 34.67

(4.37) (0.00) (6.32) (4.41)1997 98.35 69.87 406.07 47.21

(4.31) (4.96) (6.80) (6.00)1998 113.62 97.64 422.05 59.30

(4.98) (6.93) (7.07) (7.53)1999 139.51 111.21 450.35 67.86

(6.11) (7.89) (7.54) (8.62)2000 171.40 121.63 500.12 85.01

(7.51) (8.63) (8.37) (10.80)2001 286.59 144.16 642.55 92.91

(12.56) (10.23) (10.76) (11.80)2002 451.20 185.67 908.08 110.55

(19.77) (13.18) (15.21) (14.05)2003 484.64 278.65 1114.07 134.20

(21.24) (19.78) (18.65) (17.05)2004 436.84 399.82 1151.09 155.34

(19.14) (28.38) (19.27) (19.74)Total 2281.83 1408.65 5971.97 787.05 % (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00)

Table 3Loans Disbursed, Repayment, Outstanding and

NPA of BDFC in Industrial Sector (millions)Year Disbursement Repayment Outstanding NPA1996 53.66 0.00 234.20 14.91

(2.65) (0.00) (6.02) (3.50)1997 60.49 43.25 251.44 17.77

(2.98) (3.07) (6.46) (4.17)1998 59.80 54.39 256.85 28.31

(2.95) (3.86) (6.60) (6.64)1999 91.73 63.82 284.76 33.55

(4.52) (4.53) (7.31) (7.87)2000 87.20 55.22 316.74 42.99

(4.30) (3.92) (8.14) (10.08)2001 169.67 70.83 415.58 45.49

(8.37) (5.03) (10.67) (10.67)2002 263.00 81.92 596.66 61.21

(12.97) (5.82) (15.33) (14.35)2003 288.71 148.50 736.87 76.58

(14.24) (10.55) (18.93) (17.96)2004 953.10 889.81 800.16 105.63

(47.01) (63.21) (20.55) (24.77)

Total 2027.36 1407.74 3893.26 426.44 % (100.00) (100.00) (100.00) (100.00)

Page 63: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 149

Table 5Recovery Elasticity of BDFCL in Agricultural Sector

Year Disburse- Repay- Change in Change in Recoveryment ment Disbursement Recovery Elasticity(R1) (R2) (dddddR1) (dddddR2) (Re)

1996 46.02 N.A. 8.44 N.A. N.A.

1997 37.86 54.46 –8.16 54.46 –0.22

1998 53.82 29.70 15.96 –24.76 –0.36

1999 47.78 69.78 –6.04 40.08 –0.22

2000 84.20 41.74 36.42 –28.04 –0.64

2001 116.92 120.62 32.72 78.88 0.43

2002 188.20 149.64 71.28 29.02 1.95

2003 195.93 259.48 7.73 109.84 0.09

2004 197.99 224.26 2.06 –35.22 –0.07

Abbreviation :Nu = NgultrumNote: Ngultrum is the currency of Bhutan. It can beexchanged with Indian Rupees at par.

Table 6Recovery Elasticity of BDFCL in Industrial Sector

Year Disburse- Repay- Change in Change in Recoveryment ment Disbursement Recovery Elasticity(R1) (R2) (dddddR1) (dddddR2) (Re)

1996 53.66 N.A. 4.07 N.A. N.A.1997 60.49 57.73 6.83 57.73 0.111998 59.80 67.32 -0.69 9.59 -0.081999 91.73 59.11 31.93 -8.21 -2.512000 87.20 123.66 -4.53 64.55 -0.102001 169.67 82.67 82.47 -40.99 -0.982002 263.00 252.14 93.33 169.47 0.532003 288.71 356.33 25.71 104.19 0.302004 953.10 889.81 664.39 533.48 1.16

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCERECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE

ANNOUNCEMENT

Asanol Chapter of ICWAI is going to host their Annual Seminar on Sunday,13th March 2011 at ‘Diponi’, Bharati Bhawan, Burnpur. The theme of the Seminaris ‘‘Business Issues in the Changing Demographic Profile of Corporate India’’.The deliberations will be made on the issues by eminent personalities.

For participation, sponshorship and advertisement, mail to; [email protected]. Nos : 0341-2284328, 09434894184 (M)

RETIREMENT

Shri Prabir Kr. Bandopadhyaya has retired from the service ofICWAI on January 31, 2011. We wish him a happy and prosperous lifebeyond ICWAI.

Shri Pijush Kanti Bose has retired from ICWAI on January 31, 2011.We wish him a happy and healthy retired life.

Page 64: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011150

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMY

Introduction

This policy explores ways to increase theinfluence of the poor in global economicgovernance. Global economic governance is the

set of norms and institutions along which rules aregenerated to manage the global economy. It involvesfour categories of actors: intergovernmentalorganizations (IGOs), states, non-governmentalorganizations (NGOs) and businesses. Among these,Southern states and NGOs are the most likely to reflectthe interests of the poor. This note therefore focuseson proposals to increase the power of Southern statesvis-à-vis Northern states within IGOs.

The WTO can, in my view, play an important rolein global governance. It’s not a sort of inversed theWTO that I’m pointing out its very peculiar positionin the actual global governance system. It’s actually athought that I’ve been publicly expressing for years,and that I formed in multilateral trade stage. Now,turning to our subject of global governance, I sketchfor you the reasons why we need it more than ever,and how we should think about it if we are reallywilling to build it.

● The present financial crisis has shown thatmarkets in general are not efficient withoutgovernment regulation.

● An effective response to the global crisis has tobe a global and inclusive one. So the UN wouldbe an appropriate forum.

● The global economy needs global institutionsto make it work.

DiagnosticGlobalization — by which I mean the growing

interdependence of all the people on the planet as thedistinction between ‘near’ and ‘far’ becomes blurred— now affects every dimension of our societies, notonly the economic dimension. Globalization hasbrought several additional positive aspects: it hasenabled individuals, corporations and nation-statesto reach further around the world, faster, deeper andcheaper than ever before, and the world to reach intothem in the same way.

But the global nature of an increasing number ofsome worrisome phenomena—the growing shortageof energy resources, the destruction of the biosphere,the spread of pandemics, the volatility of financialmarkets, and the migratory movements provoked byinsecurity, poverty or systemic political instability —is also a product of globalization. Globalization isalready a reality, but it is also an ongoing process thatcreates a new need for efficiency that cannot be metby nation-states alone. The new issues raised by globalconflicts and crises, by political developments and bythe crises that appear to be affecting the planet’sgovernments, make it apparent that we need tocontemplate new forms of the governance.

That there is a widening gap between globalchallenges and the ways of working out solutions isno longer in dispute today. One of the most importantconsequences of this gap is, in my view, the feeling of

Global Economic Governance: Need of the HourK. Kannusamy*

The term global governance is polemical. It appears in the nineties in the international organizations language in orderto shut the critics over globalization. But what does that mean exactly? Generally, the word refer to the fact thatglobalization has to be governed, since the markets have proven unable to do so. To govern globalization, internationalorganizations say they want to consult new actors, mostly from the business sector and civil society, and to establish abroad decision making process. But global governance has no clear and precise definition, and we can say that interna-tional organizations make it operational in different ways and following different models. With its so-called dialoguewith civil society, WTO is not apart of this movement towards the global governance strategy.The international trading system, embodied in the World Trade Organization (WTO), is rightly celebrated as one ofthe great successes of international cooperation. The success of that system, however, has not been matched in otherimportant areas of international policymaking, including environmental, labor, human rights, and competition policy.In recent years, the trading system has come under stress because the impact of its success has been felt in these “non-trade” areas. The liberalization of trade and the establishment of multilateral trading rules, for example, have made itmore difficult for nation-states to impose trade sanctions on states that fail to undertake certain environmental mea-sures. Governments, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), and individuals concerned about the impact of thetrading system on these non-trade issues have challenged the WTO to address this concern. As yet no consensus hasemerged on the question of how to balance existing trade interests against these other interests.

* Lecturer, PG & Research, Department of Commerce,Gobi Arts & Science College, Gobichettipalayam

Page 65: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 151

dispossession which is spreading among the citizensof this planet.

Faced with Globalization : We need furtherglobal Governance

What do I mean by global governance? For meglobal governance describes the system we set up toassist human society to achieve its common purposein a sustainable manner—that is with equity andjustice. Growing “interdependence requires that ourlaws, our social norms and values, our othermechanisms for framing human behavior — family,education, culture, religion to name only a few of them– be examined, understood and operated together ascoherently as possible so as to ensure the basis of oureffective sustainable development”. It involves thus,necessarily, the recognition of the role andresponsibilities of new actors, openness of processes,authentic and effective participation, accountabilityof those acting, and coherence.

We need to address ‘‘Values’‘If we wish to construct a collective dimension, we

have to want to live together. Can, in other words,diversity be transcended in such a way as to allowthe ‘community of nations’ to become, thanks to aseries of political measures, a ‘global’ community?

Global collective values, common public goods Globalization brings into contact peoples and

societies that have made, through history, choices thatare sometimes similar, sometimes very different fromone place to another one. A debate about collectivevalues, regional or universal, is then a necessity. Thereare already steps taken into this direction: for instance,there is a quite large agreement between the nationson the right to health and education, or core labourstandards. And there is an awareness of the fact thaton questions like environmental goods orinternational migrations, purely national responsesare no longer adequate.

This debate on shared values may allow us to definethe common goods that we would like to promote anddefend collectively at the global scale. The systemicnature of those goods requires very different handlingthan other objects of international cooperation. Thesecollective world goods provide the basis for worldgovernance—a sort of “Global Democracy”.

As I’ll develop later on, to me the multilateral tradesystem is in itself an international public good. Oncewe have identified and agreed on core values, we needto ensure that authentic actors are involved in thisprocess.

We need Authentic ActorsTo ensure legitimacy, we need a common and

representative debating chamber because there canbe no collective appropriation of political will withoutit—the basis of democracy. We will not succeed increating a real international ‘community’ unless wemake a determined effort to create such an arena fordialogue and politics. The first, and relatively simple,steps that we have to take towards a more balancedrepresentation of the world would be to encouragethe establishment of parliamentary structures at theinternational level in order to bring togetherrepresentatives from various national parliaments,and to admit representatives of civil society to aneconomic and social council capable of functioningeffectively.

We have also to ensure that authentic interests andthe interests of most people are taken into account inour management of international relations and theway we operate our regional and global systems ofvalues, rights and obligations. The interdependencethat unites us can be reflected at several levels ofhuman activity. The problems and difficulties facingus may be local, regional, or global, as are the intereststo be defended and protected. Consequently, therepresentativeness of the interests concerned shouldcorrespond to the human field specifically affectedby globalization and its operational tentacles. In thiscontext, the various voices and groupings may –depending on the issues or problems involved – behorizontal, or sometimes vertical. For example, whilesome problems are fundamentally global – certainenvironmental phenomena for instance – and requirethe participation and representation of horizontal orglobal actors, other human difficulties and thenegative consequences of globalization are morecircumscribed. These issues call for the participationof actors representing smaller interests which,although perhaps more specialized, are every bit asimportant in maintaining the universal balance if webelieve in justice and human equity.

We need Mechanisms of real GovernanceThis puts us on the ground of international

institutions – and they all have problems.Autonomous decisions and the right to take

initiative by international institutionsThe further you are, the less legitimate you are:

distance reduces legitimacy. For democracy to be theorganizational principle of global powers we need tobuild it and we could begin to do so with our existinginternational organizations. International organi-zations have their own legal personality and thereforethe potential capacity to take decisions to further theinterests of the institution and its membership. Butthey lack the means, instruments and political

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMY

Page 66: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011152

responsibility that would allow them to play a moredecisive role. Elements of collective trust have ofcourse developed within the international relationssystem. International law has, in some cases, been ableto police the brutality of state-to-state relations. Yetwe cannot avoid the conclusion that suspicion is stilla structuring factor in international relations. If wewant to live together, we have to reduce the level ofsuspicion. Setting the system in motion and reducingthe level of suspicion means making it possible forglobal institutions to take decisions and initiativeswhich are central to the international system. We haveto advance one step at a time and ensure there is abasic level of trust in every international organizationthat can put forward initiatives, reach compromisesand propose solutions. The UN Secretary-General canplay that role, assuming that the permanent membersof the Security Council allow him to do so. Similarly,the Directors of the World Bank have the power tokick start their institutions. So, to a lesser extent, dothe Directors General of the ILO and the WHO.The Director-General of the WTO, on the other hand,does not have that power because the consensusprinciple — however important in terms of the ethosof the WTO — makes it formally difficult for him totake real initiatives.

MechanismsGlobalization brings into contact peoples who have

not always taken the same social choices. And whenStates explain what they expect from the world-governance system, they have different priorities.There are many reasons for this: their history, theircountry’s level of development, the incompatiblepolitical and social projects they have drawn up, andso on. We therefore need mechanisms to arbitratevalues or their effect on trade or other people’s rights.These systems, and we have some, do on the otherhand raise delicate questions about legitimacy. Whatlegitimacy does an expert sitting on an arbitrationpanel have, when compared, for example, with anelected representative of a sovereign state? Whyshould an International Crimes Tribunal be in a betterposition to judge a war criminal than a national court?How can national authorities be made to accept thedecisions of an International Criminal Court? We needto ensure that the rules applied by those courts arethemselves legitimate and transparent.

I have tried to outline some of the components ofsuch global governance. But we do not need to starteverything again. We do have elements of globalgovernance in existing regional settings as well as insome universal systems. Let’s look at two examplesof those embryos of global governance: Europe andthe WTO.

Embryo of International GovernanceI am a pragmatic man and with growing age I am

tired of listening to the same old discussions of Utopia.I don’t want to work on yet another version of theuniversal polis, a “cosmopolis”, which is a sort ofworld democratic chimera. Indeed, we are not startingfrom scratch. On the contrary, we have raw materialswe can use. We can also capitalise on the presentarchipelago of world governance. Today I will referto two sets of examples of such embryos ofgovernance: one at the regional level, the other, at theglobal level. I will look at what is already in place andtry to sketch how what we have in place can be usedto further global governance.

Regional GovernanceTo outline the European paradigm briefly is no

easy matter, especially in these troubled times for theEuropean Union; but it is useful to try, especially sincethe building of Europe is in fact the most ambitiousexperiment in supranational governance everattempted. It is one of the domestically sovereignnation states and, at the international level, the mutualagreement of those same nation states entering into,or abandoning alliances (or obligations) at will. TheEuropean construction has been the one of a desired,defined and organized interdependence between itsmember states. What are the basic tools that haveallowed Europe to stand as a laboratory for a differentkind of governance is what I propose we look at for amoment. To do so we nevertheless have to keep inmind that the construction of Europe is a work inprogress and has not stabilized—neither in itsgeographical dimension, nor on its political ambition.And that construction of Europe is a specific process,which is historically taking place in Europe, but thatshould not lead us to do some form of “euro orphism”,i.e. the temptation of ascribing universal value to whatis only a part of the reality of our world.

As I said, the European Union is a desired, definedand organized interdependence. The key factor, in myview, of this very peculiar chemistry lies in theintimate mix of three ingredients: first, the politicalwill to integrate; second, agreement on the goal beingsought; and third, a machinery of procedures andinstitutions capable of producing and ensuring thegovernance of the expected ready to walk. But thosethree elements, to produce the chemistry, have to bemixed together. They are so indissociable indeed thatthe presence of two of them leads automatically tothe appearance of the third. In the catalysis of thosethree pillars lies the political energy that makes itwork.

It’s the conjunction of those three elements that

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMY

Page 67: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 153

made the European Coal and Steel Community fly,in the 1950s. There was the political will to movebeyond the destruction of two European wars. To doso, European founding fathers thought up a concreteproject, a concrete and common objective that wouldcombine the two essential pillars of the economies ofthe time — coal and steel – and create “de factosolidarities”, as Robert Schumann put it. It was thestrength of those first two elements (the will and theobjective) that made possible the boldness of the third:the creation of a sui generis supranational institution(the High Authority of the ECSC).

Second example: The same elements crop up againto launch, in 1985, the campaign for the internalmarket for 1992. Here, the political will was gainedthrough the strong support from determined nationalleaders (François Mitterrand, Helmut Kohl, MargaretThatcher, Felipe Gonzalez, Giulio Andreotti, to namebut a few); a precise objective, agreed upon as such :the disappearance of internal borders for goods,services, capital and persons ; and, in the name ofthat will and that agreed objective, once the objectivehad been agreed upon, a major institutional reformin that decisions on the creation of the internal marketwould change from requiring unanimity to beingadopted by majority vote.

Third and final example, the most recent in theeconomic field: the euro. Here again we find signs ofpolitical will regard a monetary union as early as the1960s. It grew gradually stronger in response to theworld monetary shocks of the 1970s. It took twentyyears for this political debate to reach maturity, notearlier as around 1990. It took this time to recognizethe limits of the European monetary “snake”, theincompatibility of a single market and the freecirculation of capital with independent monetarypolicies, and the time for all the participants to adoptmonetary stability as the aim of monetary policy.

Multilateral Governance : The WTOAlthough international trade is only one, but the

most visible, dimension of globalization, the WTOsystem is definitely an active player in globalgovernance. Today I will discuss first briefly thegovernance of international trade which, in itssophistication, differs from what is, after all, the stillrather primitive scene formed by the other sectors ofinternational governance. The WTO contains a set ofvalues, it involves different types of actors and itprovides for procedure to arbitrate values betweenStates and between values and trade interest. But theWTO itself is a “universal value” as it crystallizes theparameters of the multilateral trade system, which, Ibelieve, is an international public good.

The multilateral trading system (and thus theWTO) is an international public good

Why is the multilateral trading system aninternational public good? Non-discriminatory tradeliberalization by WTO Members has the characteristicsof a global public good: everyone benefits in themedium term from the increase in efficiency whichresults from the removal of global distortions in prices,which encourages countries to produce according totheir comparative advantage. According to ErnestoZedillo, the WTO is the only instrument that can beused to deliver the global public good of non-discriminatory multilateral trade. As it is essentiallypublic in consumption, its benefits should accrue toall people.

But we know that rich industrialized countrieshave drawn more benefits from the multilateral tradesystem than developing countries. This is why Ialways insist that the opening up of markets mustproduce real benefits in the everyday lives of thecountries concerned — which is only possible if wehave rules that provide for a level playing field, thatensure technical capacity building, and that enableMembers to improve their domestic governance sothat this opening up of markets can be truly beneficialto most people. So the opening up of marketsstimulated by the WTO produces benefits to many,but it also has its costs, whose distribution is largelybeyond the WTO’s control. Hence the need tocooperate more coherently towards more effectiveglobal governance.

Let’s look at how the WTO addresses values, actorsand its institutional mechanisms of real governance.

Values The basic value underpinning the WTO is that

market opening is good. Market opening allows for adivision of labour between countries and for resourcesto be used more appropriately and more effectivelyfor production. It has been forged, to start with, as aresult of observing the negative effects ofprotectionism on our economies at different times inrecent history and, in particular, between the twoWorld Wars of last century. And then from observingthe positive effects of the opening-up of trade in thelast fifty years. But the WTO’s trading system offersmore than that. It helps to increase efficiency and tocut costs even more because of important principlesenshrined in the system such as non-discrimination(trade from all Members is treated alike), transparency(clear information about policies, rules andregulations); increased certainty about tradingrelations (commitments to lower trade barriers andto increase other countries’ access to one’s markets

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMY

Page 68: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011154

are legally binding). Many other areas of the WTO’sagreements can also help reduce corruption and badgovernment.

Other non-trade valuesAt the same time the WTO also recognizes the

importance of values other than market opening andtrade efficiency. Since its inception, the GATT hasalways recognized that legitimate government policiesmay justify measures which are contrary to basicGATT market access rules. Traditionally, in GATT,States have the right to deviate from market accessobligations to favour values of public morals, theprotection of health of people, animals and health orthe conservation of natural resources etc. The WTOincludes in its constitution these fundamental socialvalues. But there is another principle of the WTOsystem that assists in the arbitration of values betweenMembers and between trade values and non-tradevalues. Pursuant to the WTO, each Member is free todetermine the values to which it gives priority andthe level of protection it deems adequate for suchvalues. This would include any societal value electedby a WTO Member. As further discussed below, theonly control exercised by the WTO is whether theMember is in good faith when invoking such non-trade values or whether it is rather hiding aprotectionist device. This control is exercised by theWTO dispute settlement mechanism.

ActorsThe WTO is a classic international organization

where States are Members. Yet the WTO may be oneof the most avant-guardiste institutions, because it isable to adapt quickly to reality. I give you twoexamples. First, the participation of the EC as anautonomous Member (independent from the ECmember states). Defac to during the 1970s theCommission began to participate in the GATTmeetings etc.. And de facto spoke for all EC states, itis only with the Uruguay Round that the EuropeanCommunities became a formal WTO Member, distinctfrom the EC states which are also WTO Members.The legal trick was a simple footnote that stated that,in case of votes, the Europeans would not have morevotes that the number of States of the EuropeanCommunities — even foreseeing the expansion of theEC. So the WTO has been able to suggest solutions todeal with problems.

The WTO also has been able to adapt and adjustto the increased demands from the civil society andNGOs. The development of the WTO — its far-reaching agreements, the linking of these agreementsinto a “single undertaking”, and the possibility ofeconomic sanctions – has led many within civil society

to feel more directly impacted by the trading system.They claim a right to participate in the debate and inthe decision-making process by Members.

Now the WTO has learned to engage civil societyin a variety of different ways. Through the annualPublic Symposia that it organizes, governments, theWTO Secretariat, academia and civil society all havethe opportunity to interact. There are also regularWTO briefings and we circulate to Members a list ofall papers submitted by NGOs to the WTO. But civilsociety interacts with the WTO in other ways too. Forinstance, members of civil society can send amicuscuriae briefs (which are “friends of the court” briefs)to Panels and the Appellate Body in the context ofWTO dispute settlement. This is in recognition of theimportance of civil society’s views.

Last month the WTO witnessed an importantevolution in its dispute settlement process with itsfirst “public” hearing. In a dispute between the US,Canada and the EC on hormone-treated beef, theparties agreed to open the doors of the WTO courthouse for the broader public to see. So I think that theWTO constitution is flexible and receptive enough tonew realities to adapt to globalization and participatein the construction of global governance.

The roles of NGOs in global governanceThis note has focused on increasing the influence

of Southern states in global economic governance. Itconcludes with a brief discussion of how NGOs fitthe picture. NGOs are increasingly criticized for not“representing” anyone, unlike elected governments.That is why they have indeed no role to play at thedecision stage of the policy process. If one or severalglobal parliaments are eventually created, asrecommended, then some NGOs might want to runfor election, and if some World Bank staff decided todo so as well, we would finally see who is morerepresentative than whom.

But NGOs have crucial roles to play at the otherstages of the policy process. Because of their proximityto small communities of people sharing specific in-terests, they are often better placed than elected officialsto raise issues on the agenda. (Even in national politics,elected officials sense public opinion partly throughNGOs.) Some NGOs even have sufficient expertise tohelp their governments formulate policy options. Toenhance these crucial functions, NGOs need :

● Additional financial resources, from both publicand private sources, to train community leaders,communications specialists, and issue experts.

● Additional channels to communicate with eachIGO, including (where they do not already

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMY

Page 69: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 155

exist) accreditation systems to submit opinionsand the release of agendas and schedules inadvance of all official meetings and of theirminutes soon after they have taken place.

● Improved consultation at the national level,through parliament reviews of IGOs’ activitiesand outreach of national governments toparticular constituencies.

NGOs have also an important role to play at the levelof implementation. In certain policy areas, such ashumanitarian assistance, NGOs have developed aunique expertise such that IGOs and national govern-ments rely on them directly to implement programs.

For IGO decisions implemented by states, NGOshave a crucial accountability role to fulfill. The WorldBank has a forum, the Inspection Panel, whichexamines complaints emanating from civil societyregarding the projects it finances. The creation of thatforum was very controversial, and it was opposedmostly by Southern states rather than Northern ones.This is because the former negotiate the conditionalityof loans with the Bretton Woods institutions and areresponsible for implementing the projects theyfinance. Even though they may agree to IMF andWorld Bank terms only reluctantly, often, under thepressure of looming economic crises, they shareresponsibility for these programs once agreement isreached. Only NGOs are then able to play the role ofexternal and independent accountability agents. Notethat the Inspection Panel’s mandate does not includesector-wide and structural adjustment loans, butNGOs may give input to the independent evaluationcommissions of the IMF and World Bank (see sectionon Implementation stage).

More generally, all IGOs, and especially the WTO,could use independent judicial or quasi-judicial bodiesreceiving complaints from civil society as well frommember-states, because states are intractably situatedin geopolitical realities that may deter them from usingjudicial means formally available to them. An extremeillustration of this argument can be found in the peaceand security policy area. Many people in the Arabworld, and some in the West, believe that the UN sanc-tions against Iraq constitute a crime against humanity.

Mechanism of real GovernanceMechanism to arbitrate values and interestsThe existence of a dispute settlement mechanism

confers on the rules agreed to in the WTO aparticularly binding force for its Members: non-observance of the rules may give rise to litigation andthe litigants are bound to accept the decision of theeminent persons appointed for that purpose.Otherwise, sanctions can be imposed, which is a

considerable step to take. That change, which wasbrought about when GATT became the WTO in 1995has had the effect of raising the profile of the WTO,which is not without inconvenience.

For many critics, the existence of sanctions allowstrade to take precedence over other sectors ofinternational governance, including health, theenvironment or fundamental human and social rights,for example. But it has been demonstrated that thisWTO dispute settlement system has not up to nowgiven trade policy rules precedence over othermultilateral rules. Those who denounce what they seeas an imbalance in governance have not beenconvinced. I think that on the contrary, the WTO hasbeen quite sensitive to maintaining such a balancebetween trade and non-trade values.

Indeed, the WTO provides that in somecircumstances non-trade values can supersede marketaccess and trade values, provided that thegovernmental action is necessary to pursue the goaland the value determined by each Member andprovided that the least trade restrictive measure ischosen to implement the desired value. In the WTO,in cases of disagreement among two or moreMembers, it is for the WTO court to adjudicate andto determine whether the measure was indeednecessary to enforce such value and whether the leasttrade restrictive measure to do so was chosen; and itwill do so in using a “balancing test”. The WTO Courthas always insisted on the “importance of the commoninterests or values” protected by that law or regulationof that Member. The rule is “The more vital orimportant those common interests or values are, theeasier it would be to accept as ‘necessary’ a measuredesigned as an enforcement instrument”.

Autonomous actions by the WTO, as aninternational organization

Institutionally the WTO is still weak. Decisions arestill taken by consensus, providing a de facto veto toeach Member or at least to the most powerful ones.Formally there is not yet any secondary treaty law(droit dérivé) in the WTO. Generally, obligationsnegotiated in Geneva must be ratified domestically.Contrary to the EU for instance, there is no WTO bodythat is entitled to initiate legislative change. The WTOSecretariat or the WTO Councils and Committeescannot enact regulations or other norms that wouldadd to the original treaty or even that wouldimplement a basic norm included in the WTO treaty.This authority is left to States alone.

Yet the WTO has put in place a few principles thatrecognize that the WTO is an international publicgood. First, in its Preamble the WTO states explicitlythat while trade expansion should take place, it should

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMY

Page 70: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011156

do so while “allowing for the optimal use of theworld’s resources in accordance with the objective ofsustainable development”. By definition sustainabledevelopment calls for the consideration offundamental values other than those of marketopening to include, for instance, the protection of theenvironment, human rights and other social values.The WTO also prohibits any unilateral action by anyWTO Member. In this sense the WTO goes ahead oftraditional international law that allows individualstates to determine whether another state is inviolation of its international obligation and to reactand respond to the violation by another state withcountermeasures. No WTO violation justifies resortto a unilateral retaliatory measure by a Member. IfMembers disagree as to whether a WTO violation hasoccurred, the only remedy available to them to resolvethis question is to initiate a WTO dispute settlementprocess and obtain a WTO determination on thematter. You can see how strong the WTO disputesettlement system is. But I don’t agree with agovernment of judges; so we have to ensure that thelegislative branch of the WTO becomes as efficientand as powerful as the WTO court.

A third principle was established when the WTOcourt decided that the provisions of the WTO couldnot be read in “clinical isolation” from publicinternational law. This meant that the WTO is onlypart of a more global system that includes several setsof rights and obligations. There is no priority given toWTO norms over other norms.

This same coherence must also apply in therelationship between the opening up of markets and themeasures to accompany the effects of such opening. Wecannot ignore the costs of adjustment, particularly forthe developing countries, and the problems that canarise with the opening of markets. These adjustmentsmust not be relegated to the future: they must be anintegral part of the opening-up agenda.

SuggestionMarket opening and globalization have two types

of impacts. On the one hand, the beneficiaries aremany and, more often than not, ignorant, thereforesilent; on the other, those who suffer the effects of thestructural socio-economic changes trade brings areacutely aware of them and that leads them to rally topreserve the threatened status quo.

Market opening, trade liberalization and theoverall globalization are good and necessary foruniversal sustainable development and theeradication of poverty but they are not sufficient. Such

trade liberalization policies must be accompanied withprograms that take into account the victims of tradeopening. If one wants to prioritize development,relative weight has to be given to economicliberalization, international official aid, and thefinalizing of multilateral rules.

According to the terms of this “Geneva Consensus”,trade liberalization is necessary, but it is not sufficient.It also implies assistance: to help the least developedcountries to build up their supply and thereforeadequate productive and logistical capacity; to increasetheir capacity to negotiate and to implement thecommitments undertaken in the international tradingsystem; and to deal with the imbalances created, as Ihave just said, between winners and losers from tradeopening — imbalances that are the more dangerousthe more fragile the economies, societies or countries.This is the only way to ensure that the opening up ofmarkets will produce real benefits in the everydaylives of the countries concerned. And this is onlypossible if we have rules that provide for a level playingfield, that ensure technical capacity building, and thatenable Members to improve their domestic governanceso that this opening up of markets can be truly beneficialto most people.

ConclusionGlobalization involves international cooperation.

We can only succeed if we want to live together andif we are prepared to work together. Carve theprinciple of cooperation in stone among ourinternational laws and begin with the economy, whichis the first lesson.

Cooperation requires political will and politicalenergy, which implies to accept the debate on thebenefits and costs of cooperation. Multilateral valueshave to be defined together.

My view then is that we need to monitor andreform globalization to serve our human, economicand social values, in line with the UN MillenniumResolution. Political will and the negotiation of thosecommon objectives and values require a complexinstitutional apparatus, within the UN system and itsconstellation of satellites. We have some basis alreadythat we need to build on. The WTO can become afundamental player in this global governance. But inlight of its impact on individuals, we need to politicizeglobalization – in other words, we need, if we want amore harmless globalization, to supplement the logicof the market capitalism efficiency of the WTO with arenewed attention to the conditions in which that logiccould favor development. ❐

RECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMYRECENT ISSUES IN FINANCE & ECONOMY

Page 71: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 157

Advancement to FellowshipDate of Advancement :30th September 2010

M/5515Shri Shyamal BandopadhyayMCOM, ACA, ACS, FICWADirector of Overseas Subsid-iaries, TIL Ltd., 1 TaratollaRoad, Garden ReachKolkata 700 024

M/6200Shri Pradeep Kumar UpadhyayBSC, FICWAGeneral Manager (Finance),CMPDI, R I - 1, G.T. RoadWest, Asansol 713 304

M/6735Shri Netra Mohan SwainBA(HONS), FICWADy. General Manager (Fin.),NTPC Ltd., ER II H.Q.,Plot 730, Sahid NagarBhubaneswar 751 007

M/9102Shri Bijoy Kumar AcharyaBSC, FICWAB. K. Acharya & Co.,Acharya Nivas, RajabagichaCuttack 753 009

M/9644Shri Tapan Kr. MitraBCOM(HONS), FICWASr. Manager (Finance),CMPDIL, RI-1, Accounts De-partment, G. T. RoadAsansol 713 304

M/9735Shri Dilip Kumar MohantyBSC, FICWAFinance Officer,Nagaland University,Lumami 798 627

M/9812Shri Sidheswar MishraBCOM(HONS), FICWADy. General Manager(Finance), Hindustan Aero-nautics Limited, KoraputDivision,Sunabeda 763 002

M/10345Shri Kashi Nath BagMCOM, FICWA10 J.C. Bose SaraniChatterjee BaganChinsurah 712 102

M/11135Shri Chandan PalBSC, FICWASr. Audit Officer, O/o ThePrincipal Director of Comml.Audit-II & Ex-officio Member, AuditBoard, Old Nizam PalaceBldg., 234/4 A.J.C. BoseRoad, Kolkata 700 020

M/11716Shri R. V. ThiagarajanMCOM, FICWASr. Manager (Finance &Accounts), Salem Steel Plant,Steel Authority ofIndia, Salem 636 013

M/13052Shri M. KanakarajanBSC, FICWAA2, Aiswariya Ohm Apart-ments, Gandhinagar,Kavundam PalayamCoimbatore 641 030

M/14262Shri Dipankar ModakBCOM, FICWASr. Manager (Internal Audit),SAIL / Alloy Steel Plant,Admn. Bldg.Durgapur 713 208

M/14559Shri Ram Chandra PatraMCOM, FICWAManager (Pricing), Cabin307, GAIL (India) Ltd.,16 Bhikaji Cama Place, R.K.Puram, New Delhi 110 066

M/17191Shri Mukhesh Chand MittalMCOM, FICWADy. General Manager-Excise& Taxation, Havells IndiaLimited, QRG Tower, 2D,Sector 126, Express High-way, Noida 201 304

M/17612Shri Sanjay DewanBCOM(HONS), FCA,FICWAC 124, Upper Ground Floor,New Rajender NagarNew Delhi 110 065

M/17996Shri Yash Pal SardanaBCOM(HONS), FICWAYash Sardana & Associates,AN 10, Shalimar BaghDelhi 110 088

M/18623Shri Jatindra Kumar SahooBSC(HONS), FICWADy. Manager (Finance),Berhampur ElectricalDivision 1, SOUTHCO,Medical RoadBerhampur 760 004

M/18714Shri Sanjib SahuMSC, ACS, FICWAManager (F), N.E. Electric-ity Supply Co. of OrissaLtd., Grievance RedressalForum, Jajpur Road, T.T.S.Colony, DhabalagiriSobra 755 019

M/18845Shri Guttikonda MahaboobSubhaniBCOM, LLB, FICWAG.M. (Finance), Real Bakers(P) Ltd., Sagar Link Road,7-2-110 to 113, BairamalGuda, L.B. NagarHyderabad 500 074

M/19156Shri Vikram KapoorBCOM, ACS, FICWA76/70 Rajpur Road, Saket,Lane 4, Dehra Dun 248 001

M/20152Ms. Pritilekha HazraBSC, FICWAP. Hazra & Associates,1/12 Madhusudan DuttaPath, SAIL Co-operativeHsg. Complex, City Centre,Durgapur 713 216

M/21548Shri Ashok Kumar JainMCOM, FCA, FCS, FICWA48 Jai Apartments, Plot 102,I.P. Extension,Delhi 110 092

M/22013Shri Kanhei Charan SahooBCOM, FICWADeputy Manager (Finance),SOUTHCO, CorporateOffice, CourtpetaBerhampur 760 004

M/22183Shri Prakash LalchandSajnaniMCOM, FICWAD.G.M. Finance & Co. Secre-tary, Concord Biotech Lim-ited, B 1002, Safal Pegasus, Nr.Prahlad Nagar Garden, 100 Ft.Road, SatelliteAhmedabad 380 015

M/22834Shri Saroj Kumar SahuBCOM(HONS), FICWADeputy Manager — Finance,Southern Electricity SupplyCo. of Orissa Ltd., CorporateOffice, Courtpeta,Berhampur 760 004

M/22862Shri Sarat Chandra JenaBSC, FICWADeputy Manager (Finance),SOUTHCO, CourtpetaBerhampur 760 004

M/22904Ms. S. SubhashiniMCOM, FICWAC 43 Chaitanya Nest Apart-ments, 9 — A, Ratna NagarMain Road, Off. CentaphRoad, TeynampetChennai 600 018

M/22981Shri Subhasish MazumderMCOM, FICWAManager—Accounts, SuranaMercantiles Pvt. Ltd.,Century Towers, Room 505,45 Shakespeare Sarani,Kolkata 700 017

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Admission to Membership

Page 72: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011158

M/22995Shri Prasanta Kumar PaniMCOM, LLB, FICWADy. Manager (Finance),Commerce Branch,SOUTHCO, At CourtpettaBerhampur 760 004

M/23353Shri Raman GurushankarBCOM, FCA, FICWAChief Financial Officer, ParryAgro Industries Ltd., “ParryHouse”, 5th Floor, 43 MooreStreet, Chennai 600 001

M/23594Shri Peeyush SharmaBCOM, MBA(F), FICWAJunior Manager (Finance)National Aluminium Com-pany Ltd., Smelter Plant,Nalco Nagar, Angul 759 145

M/24368Shri Murari Lal MangalMCOM, FICWAChief Manager (Finance),Hindustan Aeronautics Ltd.,Sunabeda 763 002

M/24555Shri A. BaradharajanBCOM(HONS), FICWAAssistant Director (Finance &Accounts), DOEACC Centre,Calicut, P.B. 5, NIT PostCalicut 673 601

M/24588Shri Sanjay WadhwaBCOM, FICWAH. N. 502, Meharwara,Near Gol ChakkarRewari 123 404

M/24697Shri UbaidullahMCOM, LLB, FICWAUbaidullah & Co., E 12, Base-ment, Karamat Complex,Nishat Ganj, Lucknow 226 006

M/24868Shri Rabin Kumar RayMCOM, FCA, FICWADy. Finance Manager,The Midnapur Co-op. MilkProducers Union Ltd.,35/1 Aurobinda NagarMidnapore 721 101

M/25045Shri Niranjan SahuMCOM, LLB, MBA, FICWAJr. Manager (Finance),National Aluminium Co.Ltd., Captive Power PlantAngul 759 145

M/25046Shri Jaimin Shankerlal ShahBCOM, FICWAManager (Excise & Cus-toms), BOSCH Limited,Plot 75, MIDC Estate,Trimbak Road, Satpur,Post Bag 64, Nasik 422 007

M/25184Shri Subhabrata PramanikMCOM, FICWAPramanik & Associates,43 Motilal Roy Lane, SantiApartment, Flat 105,2nd Floor, Bhadrakali 712 232

M/25354Shri Sangram SahuBCOM(HONS), FICWAManager (Finance), South-ern Electricity Supply Co. ofOrissa Ltd., Project Manage-ment Unit, CourtpetaBerhampur 760 004

Admission to AssociateshipDate of Admission :30th September 2010

M/29804Mrs Trupti Bhavin ShahBCOM, AICWAA/26 S.P. Mehta Market,Near Grain MarketJamnagar 361 001

M/29805Shri Kurella Venkata DilipMCOM, FCA, CPA(USA),AICWASr. Operations Specialist,Bank of Montreal,250 Yonge Street, Toronto,Ontario, Canada, Toronto

M/29806Ms Melarkode SubramaniLakshmiMCOM, AICWAP.O. Box 17678, Flow SeueGulf FZE, Dubai, UAE, Dubai

M/29807Shri Sameer Sudhakar NatuBCOM, ACA, AICWADr. Reddys Lab (UK) Ltd.,258 Bath Road, Slough,U K SL1 4DXSlaugh SL1 4DX

M/29808Miss Vidya Shantaram RaneMCOM,AICWAProcess Supervisor, Deuts-che Bank Operations Inter-national Logitech Park, M VRoad, Sakinaka, Andheri (E)Mumbai 400 072

M/29809Ms Prerana PriyadarsiniBCOM, AICWAC/o. A. Prakash Rao PatroLaxmi Nivas, Prem Nagar4th Line Berhampur,Dist. GanjamBerhampur 760 002

M/29810Shri Sandeep SureshraoKulkarniMCOM, AICWAAssistant Manager—Cost-ing, Goodyear South AsiaTyres Pvt. Ltd., H 18, MIDCIndustrial Area, Waluj,Aurangabad 431 136

M/29811Shri George PaulBCOM, AICWASr. Financial Analyst,R R Donnelley IndiaOutsource Pvt. Ltd.,43A 1st Main Road, R APuram, Chennai 600 028

M/29812Ms Sudharani ShirahattiBCOM, AICWA# 303, Vrindavan Apart-ment, Opp : BUB College,Vidyanagar, Hubli 580 031

M/29813Shri Monojit SahaBCOM, AICWASr. Executive (E - 3) LupinLimited, Mandideep,198-202, New IndustrialArea, No. 2, Dist. Raisen,Raisen 462046

M/29814Shri Harish KuttamparambathBCOM, AICWAChief Accountant, Silk RouteBeaty Product,P.O. Box 17375, Dubai, UAEDubai 17375

M/29815Shri Avinna VivekAICWA1189/C, 13th Main, HALIInd Stage, Indira NagarBangalore 560 008

M/29816Shri N SriramanMCOM, AICWADeputy General ManagerHathway Investments Pvt.Ltd., Rahejas, 4th Floor,Corner of Main Avenue,Santacruz (W),Mumbai 400 054

M/29817Shri Ashish Kumar SharmaMCOM, AICWAAssistant Manager, ShriramFertilisers & Chemicals Ltd.,(A Unit of DSCL), AccountsDepartment, Shriram Nagar,Kota 324 004

M/29818Shri Manish PandeyBCOM, AICWAAbhijeet Group, Level 6,Landmark Building, Ram-das Peth, Nagpur 440 010

M/29819Ms Disha MaheshwariMCOM, AICWA1 - GHA - 33, Dadabari,Kota 324 009

M/29820Shri Prasanta Kumar NandaMCOM, AICWAManager — Finance &Accounts, Maa DurgaThermal Power CompanyLtd., CADD Centre Build-ing, Madhupatna SquareCuttack 753 010

M/29821Mrs Kajal Sachanand MohnaniBCOM, AICWAF 301, Dwarka Sun Crest,Pimple Saudagar, AundhAnnexee, Pune 411 017

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 73: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 159

M/29822Mrs Lakshmi PA. NMCOM, AICWAManager (Costing), UnicornFood Products, Plot K 2,Door 4/92 G, SIDCOIndustrial Estate, 5 Roads,Salem 636 004

M/29823Shri Vikram R ManthalkarBCOM, CFA, AICWACommercial Officer, Geode-sic Techniques Private Ltd.,Mfg. Plant, 292 Kolar Indus-trial Area, NausadBidar 585 403

M/29824Shri Uppalapatti GandhiBCOM, AICWACommercial Manager,Al Futtaim Engineering,PO 159, Dubai, U.A.E.Dubai

M/29825Shri S Babu Ragghavan BCOM, AICWAAccounts Officer, The Insti-tute of Chartered Accoun-tants of India, Post Box 7100,I. P. Marg,New Delhi 110 002

M/29826Shri Boby C. JacobBCOM, AICWASterling Perfumes IndustriesLLC, Plot 597-605,DIP - II P.O. Box : 40769Dubai 40769

M/29827Shri RanganathanRaghunathanMCOM, LLB, FCA, AICWAOld No. A 2, New No. 84,Rajaram NagarSalem 636 007

M/29828Shri Bhavsar KirtikumarNatverlalMCOM, LLB, FCS, AICWAAsstt. Professor & Head ofDept. of Accountancy,R.J. Tibrewal CommerceCollege, Vastrapur,Ahmedabad 380 015

M/29829Shri Amlan DuttaBCOM, AICWAPO Narengi, Mouza Beltola,Vill. Bonda, GuwahatiGuwahati 781 026

M/29830Ms B RajeswariMCOM, MFM, AICWANew No. 18, Old No. 11, 3rdCross Street, Anna Nagar,(Nr. Arunmathi Theatre),Pammal, Chennai 600 075

M/29831Shri Amit Kumar GargBCOM, AICWAPlot 7, Maruti T V Complex,Delhi-Gurgaon Road,Gurgaon 122 015

M/29832Shri Jayadev MishraBSC, LLB, AICWA7 Maruti Joint VentureComplex, Delhi GurgaonRoad, Gurgaon 122 015

M/29833Ms Anita NeilMCOM, AICWADy. Financial Controller,Tamil Nadu ElectricityBoard, Office of Superin-tending Engineer,CEDC Metro, TatabadCoimbatore 641 012

M/29834Shri A ThiagarajanMCOM, AICWAVice President—CommercialM/s Trichy Distilleries &Chemicals Ltd., Mahala-kshmi Mansion, I Floor, 14,I Main Road, Gandhi Nagar,Adyar, Chennai 600 020

M/29835Ms Gajalakshmi BhaskaruduPerisetlaMCOM, AICWASenior Executive FinanceGEA—BGR Energy SystemIndia Ltd., 443Anna Salai, TeynampetChennai 600 021

M/29836Shri Mukesh SharmaBCOM, AICWADy. Accounts Officer O/oThe MD — AEGCL, BijuleeBhawan, Paltan Bazar,Guwahati 781 001

M/29837Shri Pulluru Praveen KumarMCOM, AICWAAssistant Manager (Ac-counts), Wheels India Ltd.,Padi, Chennai 600 050

M/29838Ms Cheedhella HariniMBA, AICWAAssistant Manager, WheelsIndia Ltd., Padi,Chennai 600 050

M/29839Shri Surya Narayan PatroMCOM, MPHIL, LLB, AICWAManager—Finance INGVysya Bank Ltd., CorporateOffice, Finance Department,22 M. G. Road,Bangalore 560 001

M/29840Shri V RamasubramanianBSC, AICWADy. Vice President, AxisBank, SME Southern Zone,1st Floor, KarumuthuNilayam, 192 Anna Salai,Chennai 600 002

M/29841Shri T SureshBCOM, AICWAExecutive Accounts, Larsen& Toubro Limited, 10, ClubHouse Road, Anna Salai,Chennai 600002

M/29842Shri Rhitesh BhattacharyaBCOM(HONS), AICWAPricewater House Coopers,South City Pinnacle, BlockEP, Sector V, Salt Lake,Kolkata 700 091

M/29843Shri Atanu KonchBCOM(HONS), AICWAJ 208/1A Pahar Pur Road,Garden Reach,Kolkata 700 024

M/29844Shri Anal DeyBCOM, AICWAC/o Ashis Kanungo,New TollygungeKolkata 700 093

M/29845Shri Jyoti SinhaBCOM(HONS), AICWAC/o Khoka Ch. Sinha,Vill. Desh Bandhu Para,PO Islampur, Dist UttarDinajpur, Islampur 733 202

M/29846Ms Shayoni BanerjeeBCOM(HONS), AICWAC/o Kishore KumarBanerjee E Rly., Z.R.I.T.,Bhuli, DhanbadDhanbad 828 104

M/29847Shri Reetesh PoddarBCOM(HONS), AICWA58/A Padda Pukur Road,Alankar Building, 2nd FloorKolkata 700 020

M/29848Ms Susmita GangopadhyayMCOM, AICWA15/143 Jheel Road, BankPlot, JadavpurKolkata 700 075

M/29849Shri Prasanta DindaMCOM, AICWAProcess Developer GenpactLtd., Tower 1, DLF IT Park,New Town, RajarhatKolkata 700 156

M/29850Shri Biswajit MukherjeeMCOM, AICWAProcess Developer, Genpact,DLF IT Park, Tower I, NewTown, Rajarhat,Kolkata 700 156

M/29851Shri Vikash JainBCOM(HONS), AICWAC/o Sunil Jain, J S Creations,14E Tiljala Shibtola Lane,Kolkata 700 039

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 74: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011160

M/29852Shri Krishnendu DasBCOM(HONS), AICWA42 / 4 / 31 B.C. ChatterjeeStreet, PO.+ PS. BelghariaKolkata 700 056

M/29853Shri Palash GaraniMCOM, ACS, AICWAPart Time Lecturer, SethAnandram Jaipuria College,10 Raja Naba Krishna StreetKolkata 700 005

M/29854Shri Dibbendu RoyBCOM(HONS), MBM,AICWAAssistant Audit Officer,(Commercial), O/o ThePrincipal Director of Com-mercial Audit & Ex-OfficioMember Audit Board,1 Council House StreetKolkata 700 001

M/29855Shri Amarjeet SinghBCOM, AICWAAccountant (Finance) RITESLtd., RITES Bhawan, Plot 1,Sector 29, Finance &Accounts DivisionGurgaon 122 001

M/29856Shri Kada Megha ShyamBCOM(HONS), AICWASr. Consultant, Grant Thorn-ton, 3rd Floor, UptownBanjara, Road 3, BanjaraHills, Hyderabad 500 034

M/29857Shri Chada RavichandraMCOM, LLB, MBA, AICWAAsst. Audit Officer, H. No.1-1-478 & 503, O/o CGM(Expr), Northern PowerDistribution Co. of AP Ltd.,Opp : NIT Warangal, Chai-tanyapuri, Warangal 506 004

M/29858Shri Pramod Kumar DubeyAICWAExecutive, Siemens Ltd., Plot6A, Sector 18, MarutiIndustrial Area, Gurgaon

M/29859Ms Sikha Nandan, BSC,BCOM, AICWA1A Kali Bari Lane, Flat 1,Anandam, Kolkata 700 032

M/29860Shri Prajapati ChandrabaliShambhunathMCOM, AICWASector 6/D-3/204, Shanti-nagar, Mira Road (E),Thane (East) 401 107

M/29861Shri Dinesh Kumar MishraMCOM, AICWASr. Executive — Accounts &Costing, Jindal Pipes Ltd., Plot30, Sector 44, Institutional AreaGurgaon 122 001

M/29862Shri Puneet GargBCOM(HONS), ACA, AICWADy. Manager (Fin. &Accounts), MMTC Limited —Core 1, Scope Complex,7 Institutional Area, LodhiRoad, New Delhi 110 003

M/29863Shri Sanjeev Kumar GoyalBCOM(HONS), AICWAAssociate Director —FinanceUniversity of Petroleum & En-ergy Studies, 4/2 Siri Institu-tional Area, III Floor, PHDHouse, Khel Gaon, Delhi 110 016

M/29864Shri Venkata Sivareddy PalleMCOM, AICWA1222 Links DR, Morrisville,North Carolina, 27560, USA,North Carolina 27560

M/29865Shri Subrata ParidaAICWAAccounts Officer, BHEL SiteOffice, NALCO CPP,Unit 9810 BanarpolAngul 759 128

M/29866Shri Gangadhar PahadasinghBCOM, AICWAJr. Manager—Finance, OrissaPower Transmission Corpora-tion Ltd., Corporate Office,Janapatha, Bhubaneswar 751 022

M/29867Shri Himansu Sekhar JenaBSC(HONS), AICWAPlot 1349/2879, Bhima-tangi H.B. Colony, OldTown,Bhubaneswar 751 002

M/29868Shri Bhagirathi SahooMCOM, AICWAExecutive (F & A), IRCTCLtd., Regional Office,AO/1, Ground Floor,Fortune Towers,Chandrasekharpur,Bhubaneswar 751 023

M/29869Shri Ramesh Chandra JoshiBCOM(HONS), LLB, AICWAQrt C/1, Sector 1,NALCO Township,Damanjodi, Dist. KoraputDamanjodi

M/29870Shri Ajaya Kumar NayakMCOM, AICWAChatrapur, Shanti Nagar(Near Women I.T.I.),Chatrapur, GanjamGanjam 761 020

M/29871Shri Anil Kumar GollapudiBCOM, AICWAFinance Controller OpenText Technologies Pvt. Ltd.,Unit 301, 3rd Floor, MindSpace IT Park, Madhapur,Hyderabad 500 081

M/29872Shri Santosh Kumar JhaBCOM, MBA, LLB, ACS,AICWACompany Secretary,Nezone Tubes Ltd.,Vill. Chakundi, PO DCCTownship, Delhi Road,Dankuni

M/29873Shri Jaideep GuptaBCOM(HONS), FCA, AICWAB 8, Satyajit Kanan,“NOBILITY”, 2nd Floor,MukundapurKolkata 700 099

M/29874Miss Sakshi BangaMBA, AICWA271A, Harnam Nagar,Sahara Hospital, SultanpurRoad, Kapurthala 144 601

M/29875Shri Partha Sarathi Dutta,BCOM, AICWANHAI Complex, Sector 2(A) Bidhan Nagar,Durgapur 713 212

M/29876Shri Dipankar PalBSC, AICWASr. Technician, DurgapurSteel Plant (SAIL) T/No.-240414, Deptt. - SMS/CCP(E), Durgapur 713 205

M/29877Shri Dibyendu RoyBSC, AICWAFinance & Accounts, SAIL—DSP, Durgapur 713 212

M/29878Shri Malav Ashwin DalwadiBCA, MSC(IT), AICWAA.G. Dalwadi & Co, CostAccountants, 403 AshirvadComplex, B/H Sardar PatelSeva Samaj, Near MithakhaliSix Road,Ahmedabad 380 006

M/29879Shri Manmeet Singh SalujaMCOM, MBA, AICWASr. Accountant, Presio-neering Ltd., 303 NantucketBlud, Scarborough, Ontario,Canada, MIBIR5, Ontario

M/29880Shri Sachin Tukaram ShindeBCOM, AICWAE 414, EDEM Park GanpatiChowk, Viman NagarPune 411 014

M/29881Shri Sunil SharmaBE(MECH), AICWAManager (Mfg. Engg)Piaggio Vehicles Pvt. Ltd.,E 2, MIDC Area, Baramati,Pune 413 133

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 75: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 161

M/29882Shri Taralekar PranavJalindarMCOM, AICWAAudit Assistant, GeniousMgt. Consultancy & Ser-vices Pvt. Ltd., AudumborApartment, Near KothrudDepot, Kothrud

M/29883Shri Prasad VishwasraoDeshmukhMCOM, AICWAAssistant Manager, Video-con Industries Limited,Auto Cars Compound,Adalat RoadAurangabad 431 005

M/29884Shri Parmar Nilesh Dinesh-chandra,BCOM, AICWAAccountant, A.G. Dalwadi& Co, Cost Accountants,403 Ashirwad Complex,Nr. Mithakhali Six RoadAhmedabad 380 006

M/29885Shri Hardik JitendrakumarDesaiMCOM, AICWAAssistant Manager, EleconEngineering CompanyLimited, Post Box # 6,Vidyanagar, Ahmedabad388120

M/29886Shri Deval Dhirajbhai ShahMCOM,GRAD.CWA113 Shreekunj Society, NearPrabhat Chowk, Rannapark,Ahmedabad 380061

M/29887Shri Sree Ram GuptaKanamarlapudiAICWASr. Manager Corp.Development, BlackhawkNetwork, 6220 StoneridgeMall Rd, Pleasanton,California 94588

M/29888Shri Sanjay Kumar BhartiaBCOM, MBA, AICWASr. Accounts Manager,Jaypee Alloy & Castings Pvt.Ltd., 33/1 N. S. Road,Marshal House, Room no.728/647, Kolkata 700 001

M/29889Shri Srinivas GovindJahagirdarBCOM, AICWAManager—Accounts, Mahin-dra & Mahindra Ltd. Auto-motive Div, Sanata Nagar,Akurli Road, Kandivali(E),Mumbai 400 101

M/29890Shri Bibhuti Bhusan MohantyBSC(HONS), LLB, AICWASr. Cost Accountant, C/o.Financial Advisor & ChiefAccounts Officer, South EastCentral RailwayBilaspur 495004

M/29891Shri T S KrishnanBCOM, AICWA1 First Main Road, Indira-nagar, Adyar,Chennai 600 020

M/29892Ms K SwarnaBCOM(H), AICWAPlot New No. 1, Old No. 4,Brindavan Nagar, Ext. 6thStreet, AdambakkamChennai 600 088

M/29893Shri KalpeshkumarJashubhai PatelMCOM, BBA, AICWADy. Manager (Accounts),National Dairy Develop-ment Board, P B 40,Opp : Jagnath Mahadeo,Anand, ANAND 388 001

M/29894Shri S ChellappaMCOM, AICWAManager (Operation) StateBank of India, SaibabaColony, Coimbatore 641 011

M/29895Ms Pudumana KrishnanSowmyaBCOM, AICWAXY/146, B1-B2, Shreela-kshmi Tower GuruvayurRoad, PunkunnamThrissur 680 002

M/29896Shri Pankaj KumarBCOM, AICWA151 Grand Foreshore Road,Ramkrishnapur GhatHowrah 711 101

M/29897Shri Vijay Shankar PandeyMCOM, AICWA7 Rameshwar Malia 1st ByeLane, 1st FloorHowrah 711 101

M/29898Shri Sampath M,BCOM, AICWA49, 7th Cross, Vijaya BankColony, K R Puram,Bangalore 560 036

M/29899Shri Devarajan P,BSC, MFM, AICWACost Accountant GulfTurrets LLC PO Box. 29528Dubai, U A E, Dubai 29528

M/29900Shri Prasanna Bairy GBCOM, AICWAGM—Finance, DPK EngineersPvt. Ltd., ADA RangamandirBldg., No. 109, J. C. Road,Opp. to Ravindra Kalak-shetra, Bangalore 560 002

M/29901Ms Sudeshna MukherjeeBCOM(HONS), MBA,AICWA20 C, B.L.C. Bye Lane,Mahesh, Serampore, Dist.Hooghly, Serampore 712 202

M/29902Shri Bhaya PriyamBCOM(HONS), AICWACo. D. V. Singh, FN 404,Block A4, Victoria Greens385, Garia Main RoadKolkata 700 084

M/29903Shri Subhrojit ChakrabortyBCOM(HONS), AICWAH.R.B.C. Housing Estate,Block 16, Type III R,Flat 10, Dumurjola,PO. SantragachiHowrah 711104

M/29904Shri Anil Kumar KoiryBCOM(HONS), AICWAInternal Auditors, DabaIndustrial Corporation,201 Udyog Kendra,Extn. 1,Greater Noida

M/29905Shri Shamik GhoshMCOM, MBA, AICWAAssistant, West BengalUniversity of Technology,BF 142, Sector I,Kolkata 700 064

M/29906Shri Adbhut Shankar PathakBCOM(HONS), AICWA7/1 Jora Bagan StreetKolkata 700 006

M/29907Ms Arti NigamBSC, LLB, AICWAB-58/B Govindpur,Allahabad 211 004

M/29908Mrs Bindu Lakshmi LBCOM, AICWAExecutive—Commercial,Apollo Tyres Ltd.KalamasseryKalamassery 683 104

M/29909Shri KailashBCOM, AICWAJr. Manager (Finance &Accounts), Rites Ltd., North-ern Region, (InspectionWing), Scope Minar, 12thFloor, North Tower, Core II,Laxmi NagarDelhi 110 092

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 76: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011162

M/29910Ms Parag A KapadiaBCOM, AICWAOld No. 58, Burkit Road,First Floor, T. Nagar,Chennai 600 017

M/29911Shri Aurobindo SexenaBCOM(HONS), MBA, AICWAManager IDIS Coveri Educa-tion Pvt. Ltd., 4th Floor,Emerald Court, SCO 57,Sector 29, Gurgaon 122 001

M/29912Ms Manjusha JauhariBCOM(HONS), AICWAHCL Technologies Ltd.,A 11, Sector 16,Noida 201 301

M/29913Shri Deepak JainBCOM, AICWAC/o Diwakar Arya, AryaBhawan, Mal Sodam Road,Old Anaj Mandi, Rohtak

M/29914Shri Mukunda MondalBCOM, AICWASantadangal, Saradapally,PO Burnpur, Dist. BurdwanBurnpur 713 325

M/29915Shri Somenath BoseBCOM(HONS), AICWAH. 407, Sector 9A,Gurgaon 122 001

M/29916Ms Rina PandeyBCOM(HONS), AICWAD/o Awdhesh Pandey,Rajbandh I.O.C. Colony(M.D.) Dist. BurdwanDurgapur 713 212

M/29917Shri Sumit Ranjan DasguptaBE, AICWAAssistant General Manager,Durgapur Steel Plant, IspatBhawan, 3rd Floor, PurchaseDepartmentDurgapur 713 203

M/29918Ms. Ritu GuptaBCOM, AICWARZ-71B, Street 16, KailashPuri, Palam ColonyNew Delhi 110 045

M/29919Ms Anju JoshiBCOM, AICWAHouse 8, Pratap Vihar,Part I, Gali 1, Near RatanGym., NangloiDelhi 110 086

M/29920Shri Satyendra TiwariBCOM, AICWAH. 550, Ground Floor,Sector 17A,Gurgaon 122 001

M/29921Shri Alok KumarBCOM, AICWASr. Finance Executive,Avinash Emprojects PvtLtd., 308 National ArcadeBldg., Plot 4, Main Road,Gazipur, Delhi 110 096

M/29922Shri Parmod SharmaBCOM(HONS), AICWAManager—Accounts & Cost-ing, Mother Dairy Fruit &Vegetable Pvt. Ltd., 18 Km.Stone, Ghaziabad-HapurRoad, Ghaziabad 201 313

M/29923Miss Vandana BokoliaBCOM, AICWAB 828 & 829, MadipurColony, New Delhi 110 063

M/29924Ms Neha PuriBCOM, AICWARites Bhawan 1,Sector 29, Gurgaon 122 001

M/29925Ms Pooja SinglaBCOM, MBA, AICWAAssistant Manager, C & CConstructions Ltd., Plot 70,Sector 32,Gurgaon 122 001

M/29926Shri Narinder Kumar MalikMCOM, AICWAAccounts Officer, SterlingIrrigations Ltd., AnupamPlaza II, Block 51, SanjayPlace, Agra 282 002

M/29927Shri Amol KhuranaBCOM(HONS), AICWAB 2 B 168, Janak PuriNew Delhi 110 058

M/29928Miss Sarita BhardwajBCOM, AICWAM 49, Sector 12 Noida,G. B. Nagar,Noida 201 301

M/29929Shri AnkurBCOM, AICWAG 48, Rajrang Goel, SchoolRoad, Uttam NagarNew Delhi 110 059

M/29930Shri Vipin BhardwajBCOM, AICWAOfficer (F & A) RelianceCommunication, 3-9/10,Laxman House, 1st Floor,Asaf Ali Road,New Delhi 110 002

M/29931Shri Praveen BhardwajBCOM(HONS), AICWASr. Manager—CommercialJai Prakash Associates Ltd.,Sector 128Noida 201 304

M/29932Shri Ravinder KumarMCOM, AICWARZ 26 P/165 C, Gali 10 F,Indra Park, Palam Colony,New Delhi 110 045

M/29933Shri Aman Deep MeeluBSC, AICWAExecutive—Cost & Mgmt.Audit., Metro Tyre Ltd.B - 27 Focal PointLudhiana 141 010

M/29934Shri J KarthikeyanMCOM, MBA, AICWAManager—Costing, ApexLaboratories PrivateLimited, III Floor, SIDCOGarments Complex, GuindyChennai 600 032

M/29935Shri Tapas Ranjan SwainBCOM, AICWAC/o Dr. Anil Kumar Swain,Qtr. C/9, Utkal UniversityCampusBhubaneswar 751 004

M/29936Ms Rina DuttaBCOM(HONS), AICWAC/o Rasaraj Dey, Vill.Udaypur, PO Karnajora,P.S. RaiganjRaiganj 733 130

M/29937Shri Debarjun BasuBCOM(HONS), AICWA95/19 Purna Chandra MitraLane, TollygungeKolkata 700 033

M/29938Shri Suman DasBCOM(HONS), AICWAVill. Dipamalita, POBirampur, PS Bagnan, Dist.Howrah, Howrah 711 303

M/29939Shri Rajesh Kumar ChattarajBCOM, AICWAC/o T K Chowdhury, FlatNo. 4, Ansh Enclave, 1stFloor, Karunamoy Housing,Kumarpur More, SenrakhaRoad, Asansol

M/29940Shri Partha BhadraBCOM, AICWAC/o Gouranga Bhadra,PO Nishiganj, Vill. Chaki-yarchhada, Dist. Cooch-behar, Cooch Behar 736 157

M/29941Ms Saswati KunduBCOM(HONS), AICWA3/19 Purbapally, SodepurKolkata 700 110

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 77: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 163

M/29942Shri Avinash Ranjan MishraBCOM(HONS), AICWAS/o Sudhakar Mishra, RajPati Saw Colony, ChhathaTalab, ManaitandDhanbad 826 001

M/29943Shri Dinesh Chandra DuttaLLB, AICWA98/58 Gopal Lal TagoreRoad, BaranagarKolkata 700 036

M/29944Miss Yoshita TawakleyBCOM(HONS), AICWA400B, J&K Pocket, DilshadGarden, Delhi 110 095

M/29945Shri Suryakanta PaniBCOM, AICWA5/36 Paschim PutiaryKolkata 700 041

M/29946Shri Prakash BhagatMCOM, AICWAC/o Binoy Roy, 2/75Azadgarh, TollygungeKolkata 700 040

M/29947Ms Maumita KumariMCOM, AICWA4th Floor, 4/C 170 DumDum Park, Kolkata 700 055

M/29948Ms Sampa NandyBCOM(HONS), AICWA25 Bijoy Bose Road, Bho-wanipore, Kolkata 700 025

M/29949Ms Sayantani RoyBCOM(HONS), AICWAHIG II B, 5/2 ThakurpukurHousing, Kolkata 700 104

M/29950Ms Preeti MuralidharBCOM(HONS), AICWA157 Ramakrishnapur Lane,Howrah 711 102

M/29951Ms Shubhra JaiswalBCOM(HONS), AICWA37/ B A. J. C. Bose Road,Kolkata 700 017

M/29952Shri Jayaram K.B.BAL, LLB, AICWA111/947 Smart Centre, MKKNair Road, Vazha-kkala,Cochin 682 021

M/29953Shri Jayanta RoyBCOM(HONS)4B, Indra Roy RoadBhowanipurKolkata 700 025

M/29954Shri Dillip Kumar RathBCOM, AICWAAt Routarapuro, PO + Dist.Jajpur Near Kianali ChhakJajpur Town, Jajpur 755 001

M/29955Ms Shilpa GuptaBCOM(HONS), AICWAC/o Rajesh Kumar Shaw143/85, First Floor, PicnicGarden RoadKolkata 700 039

M/29956Shri Tapas MondalBCOM(HONS), AICWA48C/1A Jainuddin MistryLane, Kolkata 700027

M/29957Ms Shobha SinghBSC, AICWAFlat 1B, 17/17 Hat LaneHowrah 711101

M/29958Shri Anand Kumar PathakBCOM, AICWA8 C/1/R Jogadyan Lane,PO KankurgachiKolkata 700054

M/29959Shri Mohammad MohiuddinMCOM, AICWA88 Ganga Ram Bairagi LaneHowrah 711 101

M/29960Ms Priyanka RoyMCOM, AICWA112 Kalitala Road, Flat 1,Purbachal (North)Kolkata 700 078

M/29961Shri Shubhendu PaulBCOM, AICWAManager—Credit, UnitedBank of India, Kolkata(North) Regional Office,EC Market, 1st Floor, SaltLake, Kolkata 700 064

M/29962Shri Amit GuptaBCOM(HONS), AICWASection Officer—Finance,IRCON International Ltd.,C4, District Centre, SaketNew Delhi 110 017

M/29963Shri Shah Krishna DineshbhaiMCOM, AICWAD53, Kirti Sagar Flats, NearPrerna Tirth Derasar, Jodh-pur Gam Road, Satellite,Ahmedabad 380 015

M/29964Shri Tushar Balkrishna RautMCOM, AICWAA/108 Sudarshan Apart-ment, Navghar Road,Bhayander (East)Thane 401 105

M/29965Shri Brijal Mahesh ShahMCOM, AICWARajesh Shah & Associates,B-401, Amcon Jyoti CHS.Ltd., S. V. Road, Kandivali(West), Mumbai 400 067

M/29966Shri Rajendra VenkataSitaram GundalaMBA, AICWAAccountant, SouthernElectricity Supply Co. ofOrissam ParlakhemundiElectrical Divn., Southco.,Main Road, ParlakhemundiGajapati 761 200

M/29967Shri N. ParameswaranBCOM, ACS, AICWASr. Executive —Finance & Ac-counts, Linea Fashions (I) Pvt.Ltd., Nos 51-57, 69 to 79, SDFIII, Madras Export ProcessingZone, Chennai 600 045

M/29968Shri Neelamadhab NayakBSC, AICWAC/o B J Tripathi, B 7, WimerCHS., Plot 55, Shree Nagar,Wagle EstateThane 400 604

M/29969Shri Kalpeshkumar R PatelBBA, MBA, AICWADy. Manager, CreditAnalysis & Research Ltd., 32Titanium, Prahalad Nagar,Satellite,Ahmedabad 380 015

M/29970Shri Utkarsh Bharatbhai YagnikMCOM, AICWAJr. Consultant, CreditAnalysis & Research Ltd., 32Titanium, Prahladnagar,Corporate Road, SatelliteAhmedabad 380 015

M/29971Ms Niyati Sudhir KothekarMCOM, AICWASr. Accountant, Yash Enter-prise, 7 Hansraj Complex,Nr. Sankalp Restaurant,Krishnabaug, ManinagarAhmedabad 380 008

M/29972Shri Kalpit HasmukhbhaiGandhiBCOM, AICWAA/2 Swaminarayan Society,B/h. Parshwa Towers,Shyamal Cross Roads,Satellite, Ahmedabad 380 015

M/29973Shri Nikunj Manharlal ShahMCOM, AICWAAsst. Manager—FinanceCadila Pharmaceuticals Ltd.,Sarkhej-Dolka Road, BhatAhmedabad 382 210

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 78: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011164

M/29974Shri Mahendra DhanjibhaiChavadaBCOM, AICWA2/53 Satyam Nagar,Nagarwel Hanuman RoadRakhialAhmedabad 380 023

M/29975Miss Prachi JitendrakumarShahBCOM, AICWAA/402 Vishwa Residency,Near Vishram Nagar BusStop, Subhash Chowk,Gurukul Road, MemnagarAhmedabad 380 052

M/29976Shri Durga Shankar SinghBCOM, AICWA18 Shibpur Road, GangesAmritbati, Block B, Flat 001,Shibpur BazarHowrah 711 102

M/29977Shri Apurva MaheshbhaiBhavsarMCOM, AICWAA 1/1, Satlaj Society, Opp.Kothari Flats, Keshav Nagar,Subhash BridgeAhmedabad 380 027

M/29978Shri Tushar DineshchandraShahMCOM, LLB, AICWACo. Secretary & Asst. Man-ager (Fin), Transformer &Rectifiers (I) Ltd., Survey344-350, Opp : PWD Store,Sarkhej-Bavla Highway,ChangodarAhmedabad 382 213

M/29979Miss Rashmi P. SasiMCOM, AICWAM 1/7, Shreerang Apart-ments, Shastrinagar,NaranpuraAhmedabad 380 013

M/29980Ms Rupal Naginbhai DesaiBCOM, AICWAArabian Construction Enter-prises, Post Box 409, Muscat,Sultanate of OmanMuscat

M/29981Ms Utpala ChaturvedyBA, AICWAC/o R K Choubey, H. 68, AG Colony, Kadru (Old),PO. DorandaRanchi 834 002

M/29982Shri Devdatta Vishnu KadulkarMCOM, AICWAA/101, Mohak Chambers,Manvelpada Road, Virar (E),Tal - Vasai, Thane 401 305

M/29983Ms Swati MohapatraMCOM, AICWAL 3/147, “MATRU KRUPA“Acharya ViharBhubaneswar 751 013

M/29984Ms Jyoti Suresh AgrawalMCOM, AICWARequirement Analyst forERP Development, SungraceInfotech, 12 Devs Arcade,Samarth NagarNasik 422 005

M/29985Shri Praveen GuptaBCOM(HONS), AICWAE 16/1483, Arya Samaj Road3, Karol Bagh,New Delhi 110 005

M/29986Shri Pijus Kanti RoyMCOM, LLB, AICWAC/o NAFED, 3rd Floor, MITBuilding, Budh Marg,Kolkata 700 004

M/29987Shri Saurabh KumarAICWAS/o Surendra Prasad, House84, Indira Nagar, Rajapul,Patna 800 001

M/29988Ms Anjali KumariBCOM(HONS), AICWAD/o Surendra Prasad,House 84, Indira Nagar,Rajapul, Patna 800 001

M/29989Shri Vikas Ramlal LundBCOM, AICWAIT Analyst, Tata Consul-tancy Services, ITPL Sez,Pioneer Building, WhitefieldRoad, Bangalore 560 066

M/29990Ms S. HaripriyaBA, MBA, AICWACommunity Institute ofManagement Studies,# 2/1, 9th Cross, 9th Main,2nd Block, Jayanagar,Bangalore 560 011

M/29991Shri Deepak KotaBCOM, AICWAConsultant, Tata Consul-tancy Services, 79 IT High-way, KarapakkamChennai 600 096

M/29992Shri Sumit SharmaBCOM, AICWA# 645, Sector 40 AChandigarh 160 036

M/29993Shri Pankaj SharmaBCOM, AICWAHMT LimitedPinjore 134 101

M/29994Shri Anil GuptaBCOM, AICWAH. 233, Sector 11,Panchkula 134 109

M/29995Ms Geetanjali ShuklaBCOM, AICWA# 1559, Saini Vihar,Phase 3, Baltana,Dist. MohaliMohali 140 603

M/29996Shri Deepak GroverMCOM, AICWA# 648, Nr. Qila SahibGurudwarh, VPO Burail,Sector 45Chandigarh 160 047

M/29997Ms HemlataBCOM(HONS), AICWAProject Consultant, IFS Solu-tion India Pvt. Ltd.,3rd Floor, Tower A, LogixCyber Park, Plot C 28 & 29,Sector 62,Noida 201 301

M/29998Shri Imran Hussain WBCOM, AICWA21 1st Main Road,Jai Nagar, ArumbakkamChennai 600 106

M/29999Shri Poulose N UBSC, AICWAFinance Officer, Civil Circle,K.S.E.B., PO Meencut,Via Chithirapuram,Dist. Idukki, Idukki 685 565

M/30000Ms Nilofer NeshaMCOM, AICWAC/o. G. R. PandaAt - Suelpur, Mahima Villa,Post Motiganj,Balasore 756 003

M/30001Shri Salamat AliAICWAC/o D K Nanda, Plot 505(Part 3), Nuasahi, Nayapalli,Unit 8Bhubaneswar 751 012

M/30002Shri Stephen FrancisBCOM, AICWAOfficer, Mother Dairy Fruit& Vegetable (P) Ltd., 18 Km.Stone, Ghaziabad-HapurRoad, PilakhuwaGhaziabad 201 313

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 79: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 165

M/30003Shri Dhrubajyoti ChakrabortyMCOM, AICWA38/7 Kabiguru Sarani,PO Sahapur, PS BehalaKolkata 700 038

M/30004Shri Dipak BhattacharjeeBCOM(HONS), AICWAD. Bhattacharjee & Associ-ates, New Motor Market,Garali, Jorhat, AssamJorhat 785 001

M/30005Ms Rashmi SatyaprakashAgarwalMCOM, AICWASr. Executive Costing, AdorPowertron Ltd., Plot 51,D II Block, Ram Nagar,MIDC ChinchwadPune 411 019

M/30006Ms Anita ThapaBCOM (HONS), AICWA7 Diamond Harbour Road,Body Guard Lines, M. S.Building, Flat 106, 9th Floor,Kolkata 700 027

M/30007Shri Tapendra Nath GhoshBCOM, BE, AICWA198 Vivekananda RoadKolkata 700 006

M/30008Ms Rashmi SharmaBCOM, AICWAFlat A-23, Officers Colony,PO Birlapur, Dist South 24ParganasBirlapur 743 318

M/30009Shri Sandeep Kumar SharmaBCOM, AICWADy. Manager, M/s BirlaCorporation Ltd., Birla JuteMills, PO Birlapur,Dist. South 24 ParganasBirlapur 743 318

M/30010Shri Rajarshi GangulyBCOM, AICWA“UNNAYAN“, Bengal Am-buja Commercial Complex,Unit 15, 2nd Floor, 1050/1Survey Park, Kolkata 700075

M/30011Shri Mukesh SharmaBCOM(HONS), AICWAAsst. Manager, Birla Corpo-ration Limited, Birla Build-ing, 9/1 R. N. MukherjeeRoad, Kolkata 700001

M/30012Ms Mita ChoudhuryMCOM, AICWAC/o Bimal Kumar Moulik,P 156, J. U. HousingComplex, PanchasayarKolkata 700 094

M/30013Shri Chada VivekanandaReddyMBA, B.TECH, AICWAAccounts Officer, IBS - HO,6-3-354/1/2 Shriyas Build-ing, Hindi Nagar, Panja-gutta, Hyderabad 500 034

M/30014Shri Samit PaulB PHARM, MBA, AICWA345 East Sinthee Bye Lane,Dum Dum, Kolkata 700 030

M/30015Shri Rajat Kumar SamantarayBCOM, AICWA1/114 Azadgarh,PO Regent ParkKolkata 700 040

M/30016Ms Saheli NandiBCOM(HONS), AICWA49, Nabo Krishna Guin Lane,PO Serampore, DIST.Hooghly, Serampore 712 201

M/30017Shri Manish JhunjhunwalaBCOM, AICWA49/1 Jubilee Park, NearTollygunj Tram Depot.Kolkata 700 033

M/30018Shri Ankit Kumar MishraBCOM, AICWA49/1 Jubilee Park, Tolly-gunj, Near Tollygunj TramDepot., Kolkata 700 033

M/30019Shri Gagan Bihari PadhanBCOM, AICWAC/o R. N. Das, Plot 491,Nua Sahi, Nayapalli,Bhubaneswar 751012

M/30020Shri Srikanta MohapatraBCOM, AICWAAccounts Officer, M/sPatnaik Steels & Alloys Ltd.,A/22 1st Floor, FalconHouse, Cuttack RoadBhubaneswar 751 006

M/30021Shri Biswa Ranjan SahooBSC, AICWAJAA, Office of FA & CAO(T), East Coast Railway, RailVihar Chandrasekharpur,Bhubaneswar 751 023

M/30022Shri Bishnu PrasadMohapatraBCOM, MBA, AICWAJunior Manager, MSTCLimited, 6th Floor, LICBldg., Jeevitha Bima Road,DabagardensVisakhapatnam 530 004

M/30023Shri Pramoda Kumar PandaBCOM, AICWAN E S C O / W E S C O /SOUTHCO, N 1 / 22 Naya-palli, Bhubaneswar 751 012

M/30024Shri Biren Kishore MahankudBSC, AICWASr. Officer (F & A), UtilityPowertech Ltd., NTPC/TTPS., Talcher ThermalAngul 759 101

M/30025Miss Aarti Rajesh SharmaMCOM, AICWACost Trainee, BalwinderAssociates, Cost Accoun-tants, SCO 57, Sector 20CChandigarh 160 020

M/30026Shri Debadatta MishraBCOM(HONS), AICWAAsst. Finance Manager,Southco Ltd., Audit &Accounts Branch, Courtpeta,Dist. Ganjam,Berhampur 760 004

M/30027Shri Uttam Kumar MohallikMCOM, LLB, ACS, AICWAConsultant, D. P. Associates,774 Jayadev ViharBhubaneswar 751 013

M/30028Ms Bhavna JohriMCOM, AICWAAccounts Manager, M/sOPT Services (India) Pvt.Ltd., Vatika City Point, 901,9th Floor, Sector 25, M GRoad, Gurgaon 122 002

M/30029Shri Ashis Kumar PalBCOM (HONS), AICWAZep Exports Ltd., 4/10 ATaki Road, Barasat, Dist. 24Parganas (N)

M/30030Shri Sanjoy DeyMCOM, AICWAB. Mukhopadhyay & Co.B 20, Amarabati, SodepurKolkata 700 110

M/30031Shri Sridhar GBCOM, AICWAAccounts Officer—Finance,Bharat Heavy ElectricalsLtd., Electronics Division,Mysore RoadBangalore 560 026

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 80: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011166

M/30032Shri Partha ChatterjeeBCOM(HONS), AICWAB. Mukhopadhyay & Co.,B 20, Amarabati, SodepurKolkata 700 110

M/30033Shri Dipankar Das SharmaBCOM(HONS), AICWAC/o Utpal Roy, 3/1 N.S.Road, Near Ram KrishnaPathagar, PO New Barrack-pore, Kolkata 700 131

M/30034Shri Subir Kumar DattaBSC, AICWAAssistant Accounts Officer,O/o The Principal A.G.(A&E). W Bengal 2 Govt.Place (West) TreasuryBuilding, Kolkata 700 001

M/30035Shri Raja BhowmickMCOM, MBA, AICWATata Consultancy ServicesLimited, Plot B1, Block EP,Salt Lake Electronics Com-plex, Sector V,Kolkata 700 091

M/30036Shri Shashank RupamBCOM, AICWANarsingbandh, Near KaliMandir, PO Burnpur,DIST Burdwan,Burnpur 713 325

M/30037Shri Rangin MurmuBCOM, AICWA69 M G Road, Natun Para,PO Joka, Kolkata 700 104

M/30038Shri Manash RoyMCOM, AICWAC/o Chitta Ranjan Roy,House 24, Block A, IceFactory Lane, Bhaskarnagar,PO - Binovanagar,Guwahati 781 018

M/30039Shri Arghya GuhaBCOM(HONS), AICWA12 Pratap GarhKolkata 700 075

M/30040Shri Subhankar SahaBCOM(HONS), AICWAUttar Nimta, Paik Para (NearYuva Sangha Club)PO Nimta,Kolkata 700 049

M/30041Shri Ashim Kumar DeyBCOM, AICWA24/1 Friends RowSantoshpurKolkata 700 075

M/30042Shri Avijit PaulBCOM(HONS), AICWA11/11 New SantoshpurMain Road,Kolkata 700075

M/30043Shri Arbind Pati TiwariBCOM, AICWAKalika Cement Ltd.,23A N.S. Road, 7th Floor,Room 5,Kolkata 700 001

M/30044Shri Dharmendra SharmaMCOM, AICWA37/A Chakraberia Road(North), Kolkata 700 020

M/30045Ms Gopa DasBCOM(HONS), AICWA15/D Swamijee Nagar, DumDum, Kolkata 700 030

M/30046Shri Dillip Kumar GuptaBCOM, AICWAC/o Debasis Mukharjee,Plot 10B F. H. Lane, Kalighat,Kolkata 700 026

M/30047Shri Arnab ChakrabortyBCOM(HONS), AICWASantoshpur, PO Bidhan-garh, Kolkata 700 066

M/30048Shri Rajat ModiBCOM(HONS), AICWA254/2B/1 NSC Bose Road,Kasturi Villa Apartments,Flat AN 1, Near BansdroniMkt. Area, Kolkata 700 047

M/30049Ms Sreemayee RayMCOM, AICWA75 (33) H K Sarkar Road,PO Talpukur Koley Para,BarrackporeKolkata 700 123

M/30050Shri Vijay Kumar SinghalBCOM(HONS), AICWAJai Vikshu Niketan Pvt. Ltd.,132/1 M. G. RoadKolkata 700 007

M/30051Ms Nidhi SinhaMCOM, AICWAP 6, Block D, BangurAvenue, Kolkata 700 055

M/30052Shri Saibal BanerjeeBCOM, AICWA1/3/1 Nandalal MukherjeeLane, Howrah 711 104

M/30053Shri Kavin Praful ChandraMehtaBCOM(HONS), AICWA1 Raj Ballav Saha 2nd ByeLane, 4th Floor, Flat 4AHowrah 711 101

M/30054Shri Amit Kumar SarkarBCOM (HONS), AICWAVill. Dharsha Brahmin Para,PO G.I.P. Colony, NearPally Mangal KaltalaHowrah 711 112

M/30055Shri Abhijit BijaliBCOM, AICWAVill. Gang - Dhulat,PO. Parulia, PS. Deganga,Dist. North 24 ParganasDeganga 743 423

M/30056Shri Modh ChiragkumarBipinKumarBCOM, AICWAJ 113, Swarkupuri Flats,Opp : Patidar Plot, Radhan-pur Road, Mehsana 384 002

M/30057Shri Uttoron Roy ChowdhuryMCOM, MBA, AICWA2/82 Gandhi ColonyKolkata 700 092

M/30058Shri Rajat SinghBCOM(HONS), AICWAJr. Audit Assistant,C/o Chandra Chem ColourCo., 34 Armenian Street,Kolkata 700 001

M/30059Shri Subrata Kumar DeMCOM, AICWACost Accounts Officer, WestBengal Forest Dev. Corpn.Ltd., 6A Raja S. M. Square,7th Floor, Kolkata 700 013

M/30060Shri Mohiul Islam ChoudhuryBCOM(HONS), AICWAC/o Faruque Md. Choud-hury, Qrt. 91, Type 3,Central Govt. Quarters,Graham RoadKolkata 700 040

M/30061Shri Ankit Kumar DeewanBCOM(HONS), CFA, AICWA35/1 Tollygunge CircularRoad, New Alipore, NearSBI Bank, Kolkata 700 053

M/30062Shri Manoj KumarBCOM, AICWAQrt No. D.T. 2005, Dhurwa,Ranchi 834 004

M/30063Shri Raja DuttaBCOM(HONS), AICWAAsst. Manager (Accounts),Religare Securities Ltd.,Mezzanine Floor, SterlingTower 2, M. G. RoadIndore 452 001

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 81: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 167

M/30064Shri Sanjoy MajiBCOM(HONS), AICWADN 243, Coke Oven Colony,Durgapur 713 202

M/30065Shri Rang Nath ChoubeyMCOM, AICWA189/356 Mukti Apartments,G 4, Bangur Park, Rishra,Dist - HooghlyRishra 712 248

M/30066Shri Khushbu Ajay ShahMCOM, AICWAExecutive, Cadila Pharma-ceuticals Limited, CorporateCampus, BhatAhmedabad 382 210

M/30067Shri Pankaj Jayantilal ShahBCOM, ACA, AICWAAssistant General Manager,Torrent Power Limited,Electricity House, ReliefRoad, Ahmedabad 380 001

M/30068Shri Ram Uday SinghBCOM(HONS), AICWAVill. Sethna, PO. Salaunja,Dist. LakhisaraiLakhisarai 811 311

M/30069Ms Mahasree GhoshMCOM, AICWAManager ASA—Trainee TataConsultancy Services, Ome-ga Towers, Bengal IntelligentPark, Kolkata 700 091

M/30070Miss Aditi DasguptaMCOM, AICWA42/9 East End Park,Near Lal Kuthi, P.O. TiljalaKolkata 700 039

M/30071Shri Rajiv Kumar SinghMCOM, AICWA2R/243 H. M. Colony, HindMotor, Dist. Hooghly,Hind Motor 712 233

M/30079Shri Niranjan MohanDeshpandeMCOM, AICWAB 16, Shubhankar Apart-ments, Next to KothrudTelephone Exchange,Kothrud, Pune 411 038

M/30080Shri K. S. SrikeshBCOM, AICWAAssistant Manager(Finance), Godrej AgrovetLtd., Pirojsha Nagar,Eastern Express Highway,Vikhroli, Mumbai 400 079

M/30081Shri Balasubramanian SAICWATeam Member Costing,Weir Minerals India Pvt.Ltd., 471/D 1, 3rd Main,4th Phase, Peenya IndustrialArea, Bangalore 560 058

M/30082Shri Manojkumar Govin-da NairBCOM, AICWADy. Manager, Jyoti Struc-tures Limited, 52/53AD Road, MIDC SatpurNasik 422 007

M/30083Shri Kamlesh BansalMCOM, ACA, AICWAMiddle Managment, UnionNational Bank, P.O. Box3865, Abu Dhabi, U A EAbu Dhabi 3865

M/30084Shri Rajendra BhagirathChandakBCOM, CA, AICWAVice President—CorporateBanking, Hongkong &Shanghai Banking Corpora-tion Ltd., SCO 1, Sector 9D,Chandigarh 160 047

M/30085Shri KuldeepBCOM, AICWAH. 2563, Sector 15, Panch-kula, Panchkula 134 113

M/30072Shri Rajeshbhai MithalalBhadang, BE, MBA, AICWAController of Accounts,Gujarat State ElectricityCorpn. Ltd., VidhyutBhavan, Race CourseVadodara 390 007

M/30073Shri Rakesh SharmaBCOM, AICWAAsst. Manager—FinancialAnalytics, Analec InfotechPvt. Ltd., 6th Floor, ParkCentre, NH 8, Sector 30,Gurgaon 122 002

M/30074Shri Naveen KapoorBCOM(HONS), AICWAAL Kout Food Group,P.O. Box # 26671,Safat 13127 KuwaitSafat 13127

M/30075Shri P V VaidhyanathanBCOM, MBA, AICWAManager—Finance, Finance& Accounts Dept., B H E L,R. C. PuramHyderabad 502 032

M/30076Shri Braja Mohan SahuBCOM, AICWAAccounts Officer, Finance& Accounts Dept., B H E L,R. C. PuramHyderabad 502 032

M/30077Shri Rajender Kumar RapakaMCOM, AICWAAccounts Officer, C/o M/sBharat Electronics Limited,I. E. Nacharam,Hyderabad 500 076

M/30078Shri Koteswara Rao KBCOM, AICWAAccounts Officer—F & A,Bharat Electronics Limited,BH EL, NacharamHyderabad 500 076

M/30086Ms Neha GuptaBCOM, AICWASr. Finance Executive,Diversey India Pvt. Ltd., Oppto GPI Textiles, BharatgarhRoad, Vill. Ranguwal,Malagarh, Solan 174 101

M/30087Ms Vidhu MittalBCOM, AICWAKashmir Apiaries Exports,Vill. Malipur, G. T. Road,Doraha, Doraha 141 421

M/30088Shri Shiv Kant SharmaMCOM, AICWAExecutive (Finance), SauravChemicals Ltd., BhagwanPura (Derabassi), Unit 3,Bhagwanpura

M/30089Shri Rajiv GuptaMCOM, ACA, AICWAH. 3333, St. 2, Adarsh Nagar,Ropar 140 001

M/30090Shri Darshan KumarBCOM(HONS), AICWAH.B 214, Phase I, Mohali, Dist.Mohali, Mohali 160 055

M/30091Shri Ashwani Kumar GuptaBSC, BED, MCOM, LLB,MBA, AICWAHouse 2120, Sector 27 C,Chandigarh 160 019

M/30092Shri Lobo Alex LawrenceBCOM, MBA, AICWASr. Section Officer (A/cs)Office of Dy. FA & CAO (C)AD1, 2nd Floor, Stn. Build-ing, Kalupur, Western Rly.Ahmedabad 380 015

M/30093Shri Abhishek Yogesh-chandra ShahMCOM, MPHIL, AICWASr. Lecturer in Accountancy,H.L. Institute of Commerce,H.L. College Campus, Nav-rangpura, Ahmedabad 380009

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 82: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011168

M/30094Shri Harshad Dhirajlal ModhBCOM, LLB, AICWAAssistant Manager, TheCosmos Co-op Bank Ltd.,Naroda Road Branch,Nr. Satluj Inn Hotel, NarodaAhmedabad 382 330

M/30095Shri Prashant MishraBCOM, AICWAC/o B K Mishra,549 Hathipur, Near OldSalestax Office, Sakhipur,Dist Kheri,Lakhimpur

M/30096Shri RohitBCOM(HONS), AICWAExecutive—Finance IRCTCLtd., 4th Floor, BiscomaunTower, West GandhiMaidan, Patna 800 001

M/30097Shri Vemulapalli AparnaBCOM, MBA, AICWASt. Joseph College of Busi-ness & Administration,18 Residency RoadBangalore 560 025

M/30098Shri Dalwale Sagar DilipBCOM, AICWAB 2, Neelsadan Apartment1426 Sadashiv PethPune 411 030

M/30099Mrs. Anitha Savithri AmmaBSC, AICWAHead, Finance & AccountsSpeedwings Travel & CargoPvt. Ltd., Sreekandath Road,RavipuramErnakulam 682 016

M/30100Mrs. Sumita KhannaBCOM, AICWAAccounts Executive, QueensValley School, Site B,Sector-8, Dwarka, Phase I,New Delhi 110 077

M/30108Shri Rajendra Nathalal DaveBCOM, AICWAGM—Admin. & OperationsSD Fine-Chem Limited,315 T.V. Industrial Estate,248 Worli RoadMumbai 400 030

M/30109Shri Diganta KalitaBCOM, AICWASr. NC Officer for Accounts,Audit & Misc. Services, HQMAO, IAF AFI Building,New Marine Lines,M.G. Road, Mumbai 400 020

M/30110Shri Paltur Ramesh PatnaikBCOM(HONS), AICWAMANAGER (F&A.), LancoInfratech Limited, LancoHouse, Plot 04, SoftwareUnits Lay-Out, Hitech City,MadhapurHyderabad 500 081

M/30111Md. Abdul BaseerMCOM, AICWADubai Electricity WaterAuthority, Finance Dept.P.O. Box. 564,Dubai 564

M/30112Shri Ravinder Reddy BanalaMCOM, AICWAManager—Accounting &Reporting, Bayer Crops-cience Ltd., Plot 13, SurveyP 64/2, Software UnitsLayout, MadhapurHyderabad 500 081

M/30113Shri Ganesh NarwadeBCOMHNO 18-8-452 BhayyalalNagar Lalithabagh Uppu-guda, Hyderabad 500 0053

M/30114Shri Balaji VBCOM, AICWAAsst. Manager (BusinessAnalysis Dept), HyundaiMotor India Ltd, Irrunga-ttukotai, Sri PerumbudurTaluk, Chennai 602 117

M/30101Shri Amanacharla VenkataVijay BhaskarBSC, AICWAExecutive—Costing, StarAgro Marine Exports Pvt.Ltd., Devispet, Indukurpet -MandalNellore 524 314

M/30102Ms Pattekar Shruti VijayMCOM, AICWACost Accountant, JabilCircuit India Pvt. Ltd. PlotB 26, MIDC, Ran-jangaon,Pune 412 220

M/30103Shri Asish GuptaMCOM, AICWAFinancial Advisor, AsishGupta & Associates, C/oChowdhary Kaushal Kis-hore Gupta, Chinhat Bazar,Chinhat, Lucknow 227 105

M/30104Shri Pradeep Kumar ShuklaMCOM, AICWAH. E 1/563 Vinay Khand,Gomti Nagar,Lucknow 226 010

M/30105Shri Aatish Kumar DhatrakMCOM, AICWACommercial Manager(Accounts & Finance), BoschLtd., 79 Dr. A.B. Road,Worli, Mumbai 400 018

M/30106Shri Jitendrakumar R YadavBCOM, AICWARegional Manager (Finance& Accounts), BOSCH LTD,79 Crystal Building, Dr. A.B.Road, WorliMumbai 400 018

M/30107Miss Kashmira Adi Tata MCOM, AICWAAccountant, Holcim Services(South Asia) Ltd., LogitechPark, Level 3, Tower I, Phase-II, Sakinaka, Andheri KurlaRoad, Andheri (E)Mumbai 400 072

M/30115Shri Simanchal AcharjyaAICWAManager Indian Rare EarthsLtd, 1207 V.S. Marg, Prabha-devi, Near SidhivinayakTemple, Mumbai 400028

M/30116Shri Naveen AgarwalBCOM, AICWASr. Manager—Regional CBFinance, Standard CharteredBank, DIFC Building 1,6th Floor, Dubai 999

M/30117Shri B. Naga RajuMCOM, AICWAAssistant Vice President,GENPACT, 4th Floor, 2 DLFCyber City, Plot 129 132,Opp. A.P.H.B. Colony,Gachibowli,Hyderabad 500 019

M/30118Shri Umesh Kumar PandeyBCOM, AICWAManjaree Apartment, Pubali,Aswini Nagar, Baguiati,Kolkata 700 059

M/30119Shri Deepak Ranjan KarMCOM, AICWAResidencial Colony, Power-grid, Lapalang, Shillong,Shillong 793006

M/30120Shri Subhankar MajumderBCOM, AICWAA 10/139Kalyani 741 235

M/30121Shri K Sembashiva ReddyMCOM, AICWAIOCL Muliabari HousingArea, Qtr. 3015/B P.O.Digboi, Tinsukia 786 171

M/30122Shri Niladri DeBCOM (H), AICWAVILL + P.O.+ P.S. DegangaDist 24 Pgs. (N)Deganga 743 423

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 83: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 169

M/30123Shri Pramod Kumar PrasadBOCM, AICWAFinance & Accounts Officer,Oil India Limited, Room72B, General Building,Duliajan, Dibrugarh 786 602

M/30124Shri Ranjeet Kumar PandeyAICWAC/o Som Subhra Das,P.O. + Dist. PakurPakur 816 107

M/30125Shri Aloke Kumar HalderBCOM (H), AICWAVill Birabarui Para,P.O. BiraballavparaDist. 24 Pgs(N),Bira Ballavpara 743 234

M/30126Shri Ashutosh Kumar SinhaBCOM, AICWACo-operative ColonyPost JamadobaDhanbad 828 112

M/30127Shri Malay Kumar MandalBSC, LLB, AICWAAnubina Apartments,Flat FFC, S C Rakshit Road,BarabazarChandannagore

M/30128Shri Anandan Seshagiri RaoBCOM, AICWAS. Anandan (Finance Man-ager), Big Animation (I) Pvt.Ltd., 3rd Floor, Mutha Tow-ers, Don Bosco School Rd,Yerwada, Pune 411 006

M/30129Shri Premendra KumarAnupamMSC, AICWABBZ Telephone Exchange148 C.R. AvenueKolkata 700 007

M/30130Shri Rakesh KatariaBOCM, AICWA301 Ramesh Apartment,Jesal ParkBhayander 401 105

M/30139Shri Santanu BoseBSC, AICWA46 M N Sen Lane, PO RegentPark, Kolkata 700 040

M/30140Shri Panguluri KalyanChakravarthiMBA, AICWASenior Manager (F&A),C.S.R. Infratech (India) Pvt.Ltd., B 98, Madhura Nagar,Near Bramhan TalentSchool, Hyderabad 500 038

M/30141Shri Goutam DasBCOM(HONS), AICWADy. Manager—FinancialAccounts, Tube Investmentsof India Ltd., 6A MiddletonStreet, 2nd FloorKolkata 700 071

M/30142Ms Darshana RadheshyamGindodiaBCOM, AICWA203 Janaki Corner, SadashivPeth, Pune 411 030

M/30143Ms. Amrita MukherjeeBCOM(HONS),MBA, AICWAManager Financial Analyst,Oriental Bank of Com-merce, DD—11, Sector 1,Salt Lake, Kolkata 700 064

M/30144Ms Shraboni PodderMCOM, AICWAQrts. Type III/57, H.F.C.Township, Bidhannagar,Durgapur 713 212

M/30145Shri Ramasubrahmanian T.N.MCOM, AICWAA. P. Madhu & Associates,Cost Accountants, AnallurMana, St. Mary’s CollegeRoad, PO Trichur CityThrissur 680 020

M/30146Ms Srividhya ThiagarajanBCOM, MBA, AICWANavistar INC, 4201 WinfieldRoad, Warrenville Illinois60563, U. S. A.

M/30131Ms. R ManjulaMCOM, AICWA965 Avinashi RoadCoimbatore 641 037

M/30132Shri Kodati PratapChakravarthiMCOM, AICWAAccounts Officer, BharatElectronics Ltd, P.B. 26,Ravindranath Tagore RoadMachilipatnam 521001

M/30133Shri Ankit Vijay KejriwalBCOM, MBA, AICWAAnkit Enterprise, 552 NewCloth MarketAhmedabad 380 002

M/30134Shri Arun Kumar MohantyBCOM (H), AICWAAsst. Manager—Accounts,Reliance CommunicationsLtd, Plot 359, At Rudrapur,Besides Highway Honda,P.O. Pahal, Dist. Khurda,Bhubaneswar 752 101

M/30135Shri Sridhar SBCOM, CA, AICWAUnibeton Readymix, Mussa-pah SanaiyaAbu Dhabi 110353

M/30136Shri S SelvarajMCOM, MBA, AICWAFinance & Accounts Officer,ONGC Limited, WesternOnshore Basin, MakarpuraRoad, Vadodara 390 009

M/30137Shri Jayant JainBCOM, CA, AICWAP.O. Box 124422, DubaiNexus, 402 Emaar SquareDown Town, Building 1,Dubai

M/30138Shri Sanchay MaityBCOM(HONS), AICWA10/17/3 Nandalal Mukher-jee Lane, CharabaganHowrah 711 104

M/30147Shri Jagadish A. D.BCOM, MBA, AICWACost Accountant, VijayPlasto Industries, Mini In-dustrial EstateThalakkottukkara 680 501

M/30148Shri Gagan GuptaMCOM, AICWAFF 31 B, Gali 16, LaxmiNagar, Delhi 110 092

M/30149Shri Srijit BhattacharyaMCOM, AICWA97 Dhan Devi Khanna Road,Kolkata 700 054

M/30150Shri Ajaya Kumar MohapatraMSC, MPHIL, MBA, LLB,AICWADivisional Accounts OfficerGrade I, O/o. The ExecutiveEngineer Rural WorksDivision II, Ambapua,PO Engg. School, Berham-pur, Dist GanjamBerhampur 760 010

M/30151Shri Snehashish Jaggannath SenBCOM, AICWAExecutive—Costing, CadilaHealthcare Ltd., ZydusTower, Satellite Cross Road,Ahmedabad 380 015

Advancement to FellowshipDate of Advancement :29th October 2010

M/7290Shri Saradindu PatranabisBSC(HONS), FICWA15A’s Clive Row, 1st Floor,Kolkata 700 001

M/13622Shri Yellampalli KidambiSrinathMCOM, FICWAFinance Officer, NationalInstitute of Science Educa-tion & Research (NISER),I.O.P. Campus, SachivalayaMarg, Sainik School PostBhubaneswar 751 005

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 84: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011170

M/14365Shri Sanjay VarmaBCOM(HONS), ACS, FICWAK 18/5, DLF City, Phase - II,Gurgaon 122 002

M/14898Shri Joseph LouisMSC, LLB, FICWATC 3/760 ElankomvilaLane, T. K. D. Road,Muttada P.O., Thiruvanan-thapuram 695 025

M/14970Shri S. ChakravarthiBCOM, FICWANew 39 (Old 51), 9th Main,BSK 3rd Stage, Hosa-kerahalli, (Near Haya-greva Matta)Bangalore 560 085

M/15428Shri Tapas Kumar SarkarBCOM(HONS), MCOM,FICWAAsstt. Professor,Ramananda CollegeBishnupur 722 122

M/17006Shri Ashok Kumar SamantaBCOM (HONS), MCOM,FCA, FICWA43/7 Bholanath NandyLane, Santragachi 711 104

M/22019Shri S. Sathi ChandranBA, MBA, FICWAFinance Manager, EnergyManagement Centre, Kerala,Sree Kariyam, Thiruvanan-thapuram 695 017

M/24396Shri Mohammad JamilNomaniBSC(HONS), FICWAFinancial Analyst—Cost &Budget, Finance Depart-ment, Yanbu National Petro-chemical Co. Ltd., P.O. Box31396, Yanbu Industial City,Yanbu AI - Sinaiyah 41912

M/24676Shri Rudra Kumar ShuklaMCOM, FICWARudra Kumar Shukla &Associates, Sector XI/C,Q. 3258,Bokaro Steel City 827 009

M/25107Dr. Indu Bhushan PrasadMCOM, LLB, PHD,MBA(FIN), FICWAFinancial Controller (Rev-enue & Audit), Bihar StateElectricity Board, VidyutBhawan, Bailey RoadPatna 800 021

Admission to AssociateshipDate of Admission :29th October 2010

M/30152Miss Maheswari BoyinaMCOM, LLB, AICWAN. R. House, 30-8-15/3,II Floor, Bhanu Street,DabagardensVisakhapatnam 530 020

M/30153Ms Bandla PranathiBCOM, ACA, ACS, AICWA1400 Kennedy BLVD UnionCity New Jersey USANew Jersey 7087

M/30154Shri Rajesh KaushallAICWACFO Den Networks Ltd.,236 Okhla Industrial Area,Phase 3, New Delhi 110 020

M/30155Ms Swati ButolaMCOM, AICWASr. Process Associate,Accenture Services Pvt. Ltd.,Green Boulevard, Tower B &C, Plot 89A, Sector 62,Noida 201 301

M/30156Shri Ravikiran ArunKhandarBCOM, AICWAAdvanced Financial Analyst,Mphasis An EDS Company,Tower IV, Level III, Maga-rpatta City, HadapsarPune 411 013

M/30157Shri Satya Narayan BhatiBCOM(HONS), AICWADy. Manager (F & A) SteelAuthority of India Ltd.,Finance & Accounts Depart-ment, Bhilai Steel Plant,Dist. Durg, Bhilai 490 001

M/30158Shri Debashish GhoshBCOM(HONS), AICWARoom 118, Ispat Bhawan,Bhilai Steel PlantBhilai 490 001

M/30159Ms V PoorniMCOM, ACA, AICWAAccounts Officer / Finance,Bharat Heavy ElectricalsLimited,Tiruchirapalli 620 014

M/30160Ms Kavitha Bava AnantharamBSC, AICWA85/2 5th Street, PoompuharNagar, KolathurChennai 600 099

M/30161Shri Manish Kumar JainBCOM, LLB, MBA, AICWAChief Accountant, M/s ALMasaood Bergaum,P.O. Box 24089 Dubai,U.A.E., Dubai 24089

M/30162Shri John M ThomasBSC, AICWASr. Accountant, P.O. Box16828, Kimoha Entrepre-neurs Ltd., Dubai, U.A.E.Dubai 16828

M/30163Shri Pavani AkkalaBCOM, AICWADy. Manager, APTU ITLAURUS Pvt. Ltd., 2ndFloor, Serene Chambers,Banjara Hills, Road 5,Hyderabad

M/30164Shri Rajesh Kizhakke VeettilBCOM, AICWAKizhakke Veettil House,Nayadipara, PO KottakkalKerala, Kottakkal 676 503

M/30165Shri Gokulananda SahuBCOM(HONS), AICWA4C 1303, Whispering Palms,Lokhandwala Complex,Akurli Road, Kandivali EastMumbai 400 101

M/30166Shri Sushil Ravindra TotaleMCOM, AICWASr. Officer—ControllingDept.,/Finance Kirloskar OilEngines Limited, L. K. Road,Khadki, Pune 411 003

M/30167Shri Abdulla HaneefMCOM, MBA, AICWADGM—Costing & Accounts,Isex Fashions Pvt. Ltd., 471,M.K.N. Road, Alandur,Chennai 600 016

M/30168Shri Rajesh KumarBSC, AICWAFlat 8/18, Pocket 12,Sector 82, NoidaNoida 201 305

M/30169Shri Ansoo Bhusan MohantyBCOM, LLB, AICWAMonnet Ispat & Energy Ltd.,Vill. Nahanpaili, FinanceDepartment, Raigarh 496 661

M/30170Shri Madhabendra PantiMCOM, AICWA37A Rathtala Road, NearBinapani High School,Barasat, Kolkata

M/30171Shri K SaseendranBCOM, AICWADirector, M/s ConsortiumMgmt. Services Pvt. Ltd., 3rdFloor, R. C. Towers, 143Kodambakkam High Road,NungambakkamChennai 600 034

M/30172Shri Sandip SinhaMCOM, AICWAAssistant Professor (Com-merce), Dwijendralal Col-lege, Krishnanagar, NadiaKrishnanagar 741 101

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 85: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 171

M/30173Ms Sejal Viren ShahBCOM, LLB, ACA, AICWA5 D, C Tower, RatnajyotiAppartment, Vesu Road,Vesu, Surat 395 007

M/30174Shri Irfan AhmadMCOM, MBA, AICWADy. Manager—FinanceHindustan AeronauticsLimited, Faizabad RoadLucknow 226 016

M/30175Shri Ashish GuptaBCOM(HONS), AICWAAssistant Manager UCOBank, Jamshedpur MainBranch, BistupurJamshedpur

M/30176Shri Vinod B HindujaBCOM, AICWADirector—Finance & Costing,Wayneridge Offshore INC,Opp Golden Beach Motel, C/o Sharjah Shipping, Nr. PortKhalid, Sharjah

M/30177Shri E KannanMCOM, AICWA35/10 Coats Nagar,Katta Bomman NagarTuticorin 628 008

M/30178Mrs Jyoti Rakesh PawaskarBCOM, AICWAManager—Commerc ia lShreya Life Science Pvt. Ltd.,Shreya House, 301/APereira Hill Road, Andheri(E), Mumbai 400 099

M/30179Shri S PitchaiahBCOM, AICWA649, C 3, Makizham Enclave,5th Main Road, 7th CrossStreet, Ram Nagar South,Madipakkam, Chennai600 091

M/30180Ms Sangita Kaushal PandeyMCOM, AICWAI/C Controller of Accounts,Gujarat State ElectricityCorpn. Ltd., VidhyutBhavan, Race CourseVadodara 390 007

M/30181Shri Durga Rao NeelamMCOM, AICWADy. General Manager LancoInfratech Ltd., Plot 270,Phase II, Udyog Vihar,Gurgaon 122 016

M/30182Shri Sagar Navin DedhiaBCOM, AICWA304 D/2, Jumbo Darshan,J.M. Road, Andheri (E)Mumbai 400 069

M/30183Shri Shyam Chandar JBCOM, AICWA1676/1 N.R. Extension,Opp : Pushpagiri Hostel,Salagame RoadHassan 573 201

M/30184Shri Nagarajan MMBA, AICWADy. Manager, Ashok Ley-land, 1, Sardar Patel Road,Guindy, Chennai 600 032

M/30185Shri Ginu PonnappanBCOM, AICWAAssistant Manager (Fi-nance), Cochin ShipyardLimited, PerumanoorCochin 682 015

M/30186Shri Rajeesh E. GMCOM, AICWAManager—Finance, PatspinIndia Ltd., 5th Floor, PalalTowers, M G Road, Ravi-puram, Cochin 682 016

M/30187Shri Balijepalli VenkataRamakrishna RaoBCOM, LLB, AICWATeam Leader, Capital IQIndia Ltd., Hi-Tech City,Kondapur,Hyderabad 500 081

M/30188Shri Jai Prakash AgrawalBCOM(HONS), AICWAManager (Cost & Accounts),Trend Vyapaar Ltd., 24N. S. Road,Kolkata 700 001

M/30189Ms. Archna JainBCOM (HONS) AICWAChief Accountant, Al YasraFashion P.O. Box 3228Safat, Safat

M/30190Shri Jagmal Singh KambojMBA, AICWAAccountant, NationalHighway Authority of In-dia, 17L, Model Town,Ambala City,New Delhi 133 002

M/30191Shri Anand KrishnamurthyBCOM, AICWAProject Manager, CBTSerkal Bldg., Deira, Dubai,UAE., P.O. Box 184224Dubai 184 224

M/30192Shri Murali Kumar RBSC, AICWAAssistant Manager—Accounts, HTC GlobalServices India Pvt. Ltd.,Mepz, TambaramChennai 600 045

M/30193Shri Nitin Bhanukant ParikhBCOM, LLB, MBA, AICWANitin Parikh Brokerage Ser-vices Ltd., 101 Akashganga,Gujarat College Road,EllisbridgeAhmedabad 380 006

Admission to Associateshipon the basis of MOU withIMA,Date of Admission :3rd December 2010

C/30194Mr. Nabeel AhmedNowshad AliBCOM, MBA, CMA(USA),AICWAP.O. Box 5102, Dubai, U.A.E.

C/30195Mr. Nitesh KantBBA, CMA(USA), AICWAFinance Manager, SenseGourmet PJSC, P.O. Box2378, Abu Dhabi, U.A.E.

C/30196Mr. Kam Yuen ChengMSC, CMA(USA), AICWARM 907, Silvercord Tower 2,30 Canton Road, TSIMSHA TSUI,Kowloon(Hong Kong)

C/30197Mr. Ravi Kumar BeharaVenkataBCOM, CMA(USA), AICWAP.B. 70, FMA/4, Manage-ment Accounting Dept.,Qatar Petroleum, AlsaddPlaza, Doha, Qatar

C/30198Mr. Mohammad Bassam KAl BazCMA(USA), AICWAEmaar Business Square,Building #1, 8th Floor, CreditRisk Department,Dubai, U.A.E.

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

Page 86: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011172

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

FOR ATTENTION OF MEMBERSSPECIMEN SIGNATURE CARD FOR ICWAI MEMBERS

● Members of the ICWAI are requested to provide their specimen signature in the following format and sendthe same so as to reach The Secretary, The Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India, 12, SudderStreet, Kolkata – 700 016 on or before 1st March, 2011 positively :

THE INSTITUTE OF COST AND WORKS ACCOUNTANTS OF INDIA12, Sudder Street, Kolkata - 700 016

SPECIMEN SIGNATURE CARD

(Please affix one recent coloured stamp-sized photograph and sign below thesame in black ink. Please don’t sign across the photograph)

I, Shri/Ms……………………………………………………………..........……………………., am giving below myspecimen signature for the Institute’s record.

Previous Signature :

Current Specimen Signature

1. 2.

3. 4.

NAME IN FULL :

MEMBERSHIP NO. :

DATE OF BIRTH (DD/MM/YYYY) :

TELEPHONE NO. : Landline : (Office)(Residence)

Fax :Mobile :

E-MAIL :

DATE :

Note :● This intimation along with Specimen Signature Card is being sent to all the members individually by post. Members sending the

Specimen Signature Card duly filled in and signed as per instruction given therein need not send their specimen signature in theabove format again.

● The above form should be sent to The Secretary, The Institute of Cost and Works Accountants of India, 12, Sudder Street,Kolkata – 700 016 to be maintained and used for verification as and when required.

● Only duly signed hard copy (in A4 size Paper) in above format shall be accepted.● Please use Black Ink for signature.● Please put your specimen signature in all the 4 boxes.● Please intimate one e-mail id only.● You may take printout of this form on an A4 sheet and keep the same for future use and reference.● Please use thicker variety white sheets only.

PLEASE AFFIX ONE RECENT COLOURED

STAMP-SIZEDPHOTOGRAPH HERE

SIGNATURE INBLACK INK

First Name Middle Name Surname

Page 87: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011 173

HEARTY CONGRATULATIONS

Mr. K. Raghavendra Rao is the Founder and has been Managing Directorof Orchid Chemicals & Pharmaceuticals Ltd. since 1992. Mr. Rao has 20years of experience in corporate management and entrepreneurship.Mr. Rao is alumni of IIM – Ahmedabad. He is also a member of theInstitute of Cost and Works Accountants of India and The Institute ofCompany Secretaries of India.

Ms. Chanda Kochhar is the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officerof ICICI Bank Limited. Her journey began with the ICICI in 1984 as aManagement Trainee. Apart from being on the Board of ICICI Bank andvarious group companies, she is a member of the Prime Minister’s Councilon Trade & Industry, US-India CEO Forum, Executive Board of the IndianSchool of Business, Hyderabad, Member of the Board of Govenors of

Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations (ICRIER), Member ofthe Managing Committee of the Indian Banks Association and also a member of theCouncil of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) Society. She holds ManagementDegree from JBIMS and is also a Cost Accountant.

Ms. Kochhar is the recipient of many awards and acclamation including Retail Bankerof the Year 2004 (Asia Pacific region). Recently she has been awarded ICON of the Yearaward by ICWAI during the 52nd National Cost Convention, at Chennai 2011.

We feel proud for her getting Padma Bhusan.

He received India Young Business Achiever Award in 1997, Ernst & YoungEntrepreneur of the Year-Manufacturing 1999 Award.He is the recipient of ICON Award of ICWAI during the 52nd National CostConvention, at Chennai in 2011.We feel proud for his getting Padma Shri.

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

ANNOUNCEMENT

We are happy to inform to our readers that the Research Bulletin of theInstitute is now recognized by the Indian National Centre for ISSN and assignedwith an ISSN number for inclusion in the International Serials DirectorDatabase for International Publicity.Academicians, Research Scholars and Industry Experts are requested to sendtheir Articles and Write ups for June 2011 Issue of the Research Bulletin,by email to [email protected], followed by hard Copy to Research & JournalDepartment, 12, Sudder Street, Kolkata-700016 to reach by 15th of May 2011.

Page 88: icmai.in Links/Journal/feb11.pdf · 88 The Management Accountant |February 2011 The Management Accountant Technical Data Periodicity Monthly Language English Overall size — 26.5

The Management Accountant |February 2011174

ANNOUNCEMENTThe Management Accountant — April, 2011 will be a special issue on‘ROLE OF CMAs IN IFRS ERA’. Articles, views and opinions on the topic are solicitedfrom readers to make it a special issue to read and preserve. Those interested may sendin their write-ups by e-mail to rnj.sumita @icwai.org, followed by hard copy to the Research& Journal Department, 12 Sudder Street, Kolkata-700016 to reach by 15th March, 2011.

ANNOUNCEMENTThe Management Accountant — March, 2011 will be a special issue on‘PUBLIC PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP : CONCEPTS AND TECHNIQUES’. Articles, viewsand opinions on the topic are solicited from readers to make it a special issue to readand preserve. Those interested may send in their write-ups by e-mail to rnj.sumita @icwai.org,followed by hard copy to the Research & Journal Department, 12 Sudder Street,Kolkata-700016 to reach by 15th February, 2011.

ANNOUNCEMENTThe Management Accountant — May, 2011 will be a special issue on‘CRISIS MANAGEMENT IN INFRASTRUCTURE SECTOR’. Articles, views and opinionson the topic are solicited from readers to make it a special issue to read and preserve.Those interested may send in their write-ups by e-mail to rnj.sumita @icwai.org, followedby hard copy to the Research & Journal Department, 12 Sudder Street, Kolkata-700016to reach by 15th April, 2011.

ICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWSICWAI NEWS

HEARTY CONGRATULATIONS

To CS Mr. Anil Kr. Murarka on being elected as Presidentof the Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI) w.e.f.January 19, 2011

And

To CS Mr. Nesar Ahmad on being elected as Vice Presidentof the ICSI w.e.f. January 19, 2011

For Details on Legal Updates, Please log on to : www.icwai.org.